WO2021197270A1 - Information transmission method, apparatus and system - Google Patents

Information transmission method, apparatus and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021197270A1
WO2021197270A1 PCT/CN2021/083605 CN2021083605W WO2021197270A1 WO 2021197270 A1 WO2021197270 A1 WO 2021197270A1 CN 2021083605 W CN2021083605 W CN 2021083605W WO 2021197270 A1 WO2021197270 A1 WO 2021197270A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pdsch
value
information
pusch
pucch resource
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/083605
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李胜钰
官磊
马蕊香
李锐杰
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021197270A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021197270A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1812Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0078Timing of allocation

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of wireless communication, and in particular to information transmission methods, devices and systems.
  • Ultra-reliable and low latency communications is a service supported by the fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) communication system.
  • the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) mechanism is an effective method to meet reliability requirements while improving spectrum efficiency.
  • some applications in the URLLC service may require extremely low transmission delay (for example, 1 to 2 ms loopback delay, that is, 0.5 ms to 1 ms one-way air interface delay) and extremely high reliability requirements (for example, 99.999 % Or even 99.9999999% reliability), but in the HARQ mechanism, the retransmission is performed after the initial transmission fails, which will increase the service transmission delay.
  • extremely low transmission delay for example, 1 to 2 ms loopback delay, that is, 0.5 ms to 1 ms one-way air interface delay
  • extremely high reliability requirements for example, 99.999 % Or even 99.9999999% reliability
  • the embodiments of the present application provide an information transmission method, device, and system, which can reduce transmission delay.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide an information transmission method.
  • the method can be executed by a terminal device or a component of the terminal device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the terminal device.
  • the device executes this method as an example for description.
  • the method includes: a terminal device receives a first PDSCH from a network device and first information, the first information indicates a first PUCCH resource, and then, the terminal device sends HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH on the first PUCCH resource.
  • the time interval between the end symbol of the first PDSCH and the start symbol of the first PUCCH resource is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first threshold represents the minimum PDSCH processing delay.
  • the first threshold is The value is the first value.
  • the first condition is not met, the value of the first threshold is the second value, and the first value is smaller than the second value.
  • the minimum PDSCH processing delay is reduced when the first condition is met. Therefore, under the first condition, the time interval between the first PUCCH resource scheduled by the network device and the first PDSCH can be reduced.
  • HARQ-ACK information can be sent on the first PUCCH resource. It is not necessary to send HARQ-ACK information after the second value after the end symbol of the PDSCH starts, thereby speeding up HARQ-ACK feedback and reducing transmission time.
  • the PDSCH processing flow is simplified, which can shorten the HARQ-ACK feedback delay. This shortening of the HARQ-ACK feedback delay does not require an additional increase in the processing capacity of the chip, which will not Put forward new requirements for the chip architecture, which is easy for product realization.
  • the information transmission method may further include: the terminal device receives second information from the network device, the second information indicating that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback.
  • the terminal device can learn that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback, so there is no need to wait for the HARQ-ACKs of other PDSCHs to be fed back together, or there is no need to generate HARQ-ACK codebooks, thereby reducing PDSCH processing Time, so that the minimum processing delay of PDSCH can be reduced, thereby reducing the transmission delay.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide an information transmission method.
  • the method can be executed by a network device or a component of the network device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the network device.
  • the device executes this method as an example for description.
  • the method includes: a network device sends a first PDSCH and first information to a terminal device, the first information indicates a first PUCCH resource, and then the network device receives the HARQ-ACK of the first PDSCH from the terminal device on the first PUCCH resource information.
  • the time interval between the end symbol of the first PDSCH and the start symbol of the first PUCCH resource is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first threshold represents the minimum PDSCH processing delay.
  • the first threshold When the first condition is met, the first threshold is The value is the first value. When the first condition is not met, the value of the first threshold is the second value, and the first value is smaller than the second value.
  • the technical effects brought about by the second aspect can be referred to the technical effects brought about by the above-mentioned first aspect.
  • the information transmission method may further include: the network device sends second information to the terminal device, the second information indicating that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback.
  • the first condition may include: the first PDSCH is a PDSCH that is not transmitted for the first time in a semi-persistent scheduled SPS PDSCH.
  • the terminal device since the non-first transmission of SPS PDSCH does not require DCI scheduling, the terminal device does not need to receive DCI and decode it. Therefore, the PDSCH processing process may not include DCI decoding, thereby reducing the PDSCH processing time and making the PDSCH the lowest The processing delay can be reduced, thereby reducing the transmission delay.
  • the first condition may further include: in the time unit where the first PDSCH is located, no monitoring opportunity of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH is configured.
  • the terminal device since the PDCCH monitoring opportunity is not configured in the time unit where the first PDSCH is located, the terminal device does not need to monitor the PDCCH in this time unit, that is, when the first PDSCH is SPS PDSCH, it is not the first time.
  • the transmitted PDSCH does not need to monitor the PDCCH in the time unit where the first PDSCH is located, the PDSCH processing time can be reduced.
  • the foregoing first information further indicates a second PUCCH resource
  • the second PUCCH resource is used to carry HARQ-ACK information of the second PDSCH
  • the second PDSCH It is the PDSCH transmitted for the first time in the above-mentioned SPS PDSCH, and the time interval between the end symbol of the second PDSCH and the start symbol of the second PUCCH resource is greater than or equal to the second value.
  • the network device since the network device configures the second PUCCH resource used to carry the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH transmitted for the first time in the SPS PDSCH, it can take into account the feedback of the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH transmitted for the first time.
  • the first condition may include: the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback.
  • the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback, there is no need to wait for the HARQ-ACKs of other PDSCHs to be fed back together, or there is no need to generate HARQ-ACK codebooks, so that the PDSCH processing time can be reduced, and the PDSCH The minimum processing delay can be reduced, thereby reducing the transmission delay.
  • the first condition may include: the PUCCH format associated with the first PUCCH resource is format 0 or format 1.
  • the PUCCH format associated with the first PUCCH resource used to carry the HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH is format 0 or format 1
  • the first PUCCH resource can only carry the HARQ of the first PDSCH -ACK information
  • the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback, which can reduce the processing time of the PDSCH, so that the minimum processing delay of the PDSCH can be reduced, thereby reducing the transmission delay.
  • the first condition may include: the PDSCH HARQ-ACK codebook is not configured.
  • the network device since the network device does not configure the PDSCH HARQ-ACK codebook for the terminal device, when the terminal device performs the HARQ-ACK feedback of the PDSCH, it does not need to generate the codebook, thereby reducing the PDSCH processing time and making the PDSCH the lowest processing time The delay can be reduced, thereby reducing the transmission delay.
  • the foregoing first threshold satisfies the following first formula:
  • T 1 (N 1 +d 1,1 )(2048+144)*k*T c *2 - ⁇ 1
  • T 1 is the first threshold
  • N 1 is the number of first symbols
  • d 1,1 is the first additional value
  • k is the ratio of the minimum sampling interval of the first communication system to the minimum sampling interval of the second communication system
  • T c is the minimum sampling interval of the second communication system
  • ⁇ 1 is the number of the first subcarrier interval
  • the first PDSCH is transmitted in the second communication system
  • the first subcarrier interval is the subcarrier interval used by the first PDSCH.
  • the subcarrier interval used by the PDCCH of a PDSCH, the smallest subcarrier interval among the subcarrier intervals used by the first PUCCH, or the first subcarrier interval is the subcarrier interval used by the first PDSCH and the first PUCCH
  • the smallest sub-carrier spacing in the sub-carrier spacing; the number of first symbols corresponding to the first value is less than the number of first symbols corresponding to the second value, and/or the first additional value corresponding to the first value is less than that corresponding to the second value The first additional value.
  • the foregoing second value is the PDSCH minimum processing delay specified in Release 15 or Release 16 of the 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide an information transmission method.
  • the method can be executed by a terminal device or a component of the terminal device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the terminal device.
  • the device executes this method as an example for description.
  • the method includes: a terminal device receives scheduling information from a network device, the scheduling information is used to schedule a first physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the terminal device sends the first PUSCH, wherein the start symbol of the first PUSCH and the scheduling information
  • the time interval between the end symbols of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the second threshold represents the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay. When the second condition is met, the second threshold takes the value of the first Three values, when the second condition is not met, the second threshold takes the fourth value, and the third value is smaller than the fourth value.
  • the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay is reduced when the second condition is met, under the second condition, the time interval between the PUSCH scheduled by the network device and the PDCCH where the scheduling information for scheduling the PUSCH is located It can be reduced, so that when the terminal device completes the PUSCH transmission preparation in advance, it can transmit the PUSCH earlier, thereby reducing the transmission delay; on the other hand, because the second condition is met, the PUSCH transmission preparation process is simplified, which can shorten the PUSCH transmission Preparation time delay. This shortening of PUSCH transmission preparation time delay does not require an additional increase in the processing capacity of the chip, which does not impose new requirements on the chip architecture and is easy to implement.
  • the information transmission method further includes: the terminal device receives indication information from the network device, the indication information indicating the redundancy version of the first PUSCH.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide an information transmission method.
  • the method can be executed by a network device or a component of the network device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the network device.
  • the device executes this method as an example for description.
  • the method includes: a network device sends scheduling information to a terminal device, the scheduling information is used to schedule a first physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and then the network device receives a first PUSCH from the terminal device, wherein the start symbol of the first PUSCH
  • the time interval between the end symbol of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH where the scheduling information is located is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the second threshold represents the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay.
  • the second threshold The value is a third value.
  • the second threshold value is a fourth value, and the third value is smaller than the fourth value.
  • the information transmission method further includes: the network device sends instruction information to the terminal device, where the instruction information indicates the redundancy version of the first PUSCH.
  • the second condition may include: the transport block size TBS of the first PUSCH is a preset value.
  • the terminal device can perform MAC PDU assembly in advance, there is no need to perform MAC PDU assembly again after receiving the scheduling information, which can reduce the PUSCH transmission preparation time, so that the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay can be reduced, and thus Send PUSCH earlier to reduce transmission delay.
  • the second condition may further include: the HARQ process of the first PUSCH hybrid automatic repeat request is a preset process, and the preset value is to use the preset process. Set the TBS of the process for data transmission.
  • the terminal device can save the MAC PDU to the HARQ buffer of the preset process after assembling the MAC PDU for subsequent coding and modulation.
  • the second condition may further include: the modulation and coding scheme MCS of the first PUSCH is a preset scheme, or the modulation and coding scheme MCS of the first PUSCH It is a preset solution and the redundancy version of the first PUSCH is a preset version.
  • the terminal device can complete coding or complete coding and modulation before receiving the scheduling information, which can further reduce the PUSCH transmission preparation time, so that the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation time can be reduced, and the PUSCH can be transmitted earlier, reducing the transmission time Extension.
  • the second condition may include: the data sent on the first PUSCH is retransmitted data of the first uplink data.
  • the terminal device since the retransmission and the initial transmission transmit the same uplink data, that is, the same MAC PDU is transmitted, and the terminal device has already generated and saved the MAC PDU when the first uplink data is initially transmitted, so when the first uplink data is retransmitted
  • the terminal device does not need to perform MAC PDU grouping, thereby reducing the PUSCH transmission preparation time, so that the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay can be reduced, and the PUSCH can be transmitted earlier and the transmission delay can be reduced.
  • the MCS used by the first PUSCH is the same as the MCS used for the initial transmission of the first uplink data.
  • the terminal device may not need to perform coding and modulation again when retransmitting the first uplink data, so that Reduce PUSCH transmission preparation time, thereby reducing transmission delay.
  • the foregoing second threshold satisfies the following second formula:
  • T 2 max((N 2 +d 2,1 )(2048+144)*k*T c *2 - ⁇ 2 ,d 2,2 )
  • T 2 is the second threshold
  • N 2 is the number of second symbols
  • d 2,1 is the second additional value
  • d 2,2 is the third additional value
  • k is the minimum sampling interval of the first communication system and the second The ratio of the minimum sampling interval of the communication system
  • T c is the minimum sampling interval of the second communication system
  • ⁇ 2 is the number of the second subcarrier interval
  • the first PUSCH is transmitted in the second communication system
  • the second subcarrier interval is the first The smallest subcarrier spacing between the subcarrier spacing used by PUSCH and the subcarrier spacing used for scheduling the PDCCH of the first PUSCH; at least one of the following three conditions is met: the number of second symbols corresponding to the third value is less than the fourth value The number of second symbols corresponding to the numerical value; the second additional value corresponding to the third numerical value is less than the second additional value corresponding to the fourth numerical value; the third additional value corresponding to the third numerical value is less than the third additional value corresponding to the fourth numerical value.
  • the fourth value is the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay specified in Release 15 or Release 16 of the 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide an information transmission method.
  • the method can be executed by a terminal device or a component of the terminal device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the terminal device.
  • the device executes this method as an example for description.
  • the method includes: a terminal device receives a third physical downlink shared channel PDSCH from a network device, and determines a third physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and the third PUSCH is associated with the third PDSCH; after that, the terminal device sends a third physical downlink shared channel to the network device.
  • the third threshold represents the minimum processing delay from receiving the PDSCH to sending the PUSCH associated with the PDSCH .
  • the embodiments of the present application provide an information transmission method.
  • the method can be executed by a network device or a component of the network device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the network device.
  • the device executes this method as an example for description.
  • the method includes: a network device sends a third PDSCH to a terminal device and receives a third PUSCH from the terminal device, where the third PUSCH is associated with the third PDSCH.
  • the time interval between the start symbol of the third PUSCH and the end symbol of the third PDSCH is greater than or equal to the third threshold
  • the third threshold represents the minimum processing delay from receiving the PDSCH to sending the PUSCH associated with the PDSCH.
  • the third PUSCH is associated with the third PDSCH, including: the third PDSCH and the third PUSCH are scheduled by the first downlink control information DCI.
  • the first DCI includes time domain resource indication information of the third PDSCH and time domain resource indication information of the third PUSCH.
  • the first DCI includes time domain resource indication information, offset information, and position indication information of the third PDSCH, and the offset information is used to determine the The time unit where the third PUSCH is located, and the position indication information indicates the position of the third PUSCH in the time unit.
  • the third PUSCH is associated with the third PDSCH, including: the third PUSCH is scheduled by the third PDSCH.
  • the third PDSCH includes time domain resource indication information of the third PUSCH.
  • the third PUSCH is associated with the third PDSCH, including: the third PDSCH is a semi-persistent scheduled SPS PDSCH, and the third PUSCH is a configuration authorization CG PUSCH , Where the third PUSCH is the first CG PUSCH after the third PDSCH.
  • the period of the SPS PDSCH is the same as the period of the CG PUSCH.
  • the third PUSCH is associated with the third PDSCH, and further includes: when the third PDSCH is unsuccessfully decoded, the third PUSCH is not sent.
  • a communication device for implementing the above-mentioned various methods.
  • the communication device may be the terminal device in the first aspect, the third aspect, or the fifth aspect, or the device including the terminal device, or the device included in the terminal device; or, the communication device may be the second aspect.
  • the communication device includes a module, unit, or means corresponding to the foregoing method, and the module, unit, or means can be realized by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • a communication device including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device can execute the communication device described in any of the above aspects. method.
  • the communication device may be the terminal device in the first aspect, the third aspect, or the fifth aspect, or the device including the terminal device, or the device included in the terminal device; or, the communication device may be the second aspect.
  • a communication device including: a processor; the processor is configured to couple with a memory, and after reading an instruction in the memory, execute the method according to any of the foregoing aspects according to the instruction.
  • the communication device may be the terminal device in the first aspect, the third aspect, or the fifth aspect, or the device including the terminal device, or the device included in the terminal device; or, the communication device may be the second aspect.
  • a communication device including: a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit them to the processor or transfer signals from the processor The signal is sent to another communication device other than the communication device, and the processor is used to implement the method described in any one of the foregoing aspects through a logic circuit or an execution code instruction.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program or instruction.
  • the communication device can execute any of the above The method described in the aspect.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product includes computer program code, which when running on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method described in any of the above aspects.
  • a communication device for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system
  • the communication device includes a processor for implementing the functions involved in any of the foregoing aspects.
  • the communication device further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data.
  • the communication device is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • a communication system which includes the terminal device according to the first or third aspect or the fifth aspect and the network device according to the second or fourth aspect or the sixth aspect. .
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device and a network device provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of an information transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the location of a PDSCH provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another information transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of yet another information transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device mentioned in an embodiment of this application.
  • the HARQ mechanism is a retransmission mechanism of the medium access control (MAC) layer, and it exists at both the sending end and the receiving end.
  • the HARQ operation of the sender includes generating and sending a transport block (TB), receiving and processing hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) information, and so on.
  • the HARQ-ACK information includes an acknowledgement (acknowledgement, ACK) or a negative acknowledgement (negative acknowledgement, NACK).
  • the HARQ operation of the receiving end includes receiving TB, performing HARQ combining processing on the received initial transmission data and HARQ retransmission data, generating and feeding back ACK/NACK, and so on.
  • the receiving end After receiving a TB sent by the sending end, the receiving end performs a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) on it, and if the CRC check succeeds, it feeds back an ACK to the sending end; if the CRC check fails, it feeds back a NACK. If the sender receives an ACK, it will perform a new transmission; if the sender receives a NACK, it will retransmit.
  • CRC cyclic redundancy check
  • PDSCH minimum processing time delay refers to the minimum time delay between the end time of the PDSCH and the first time, where the first time is the time when the terminal device sends the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH.
  • the third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) version (release, R) 15 or version 16 stipulates that the minimum processing delay of PDSCH satisfies the following formula A:
  • T proc,1 (N 1 +d 1,1 )(2048+144)*k*T c *2 - ⁇
  • T proc,1 is the minimum processing delay of PDSCH
  • N 1 is the number of first symbols, and its value can be related to terminal processing capability, subcarrier spacing, and whether additional demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal) is included. , DMRS) related.
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • the value of N 1 may be as shown in Table 1 below.
  • N 1,0 is the preset value, which can have different values in different situations; 9 (band 1) means that the value of N 1 in frequency band 1 is 9, and N 1 has no value in frequency band 2; Indicates that N 1 has no value.
  • d 1,1 is the first additional value, and its value can be the same as the PDSCH mapping type (mapping type), the time domain length of the PDSCH, or the overlapping symbol of the physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH) for scheduling the PDSCH and the PDSCH
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • the first communication system may be a long term evolution (LTE) system, for example.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • the maximum subcarrier interval of the second communication system is greater than the maximum subcarrier interval of the first communication system, and the maximum number of subcarriers of the second communication system is greater than the maximum number of subcarriers of the first communication system, exemplary, the second communication system
  • the maximum sub-carrier spacing of may be 480 kHz, the maximum number of sub-carriers may be 4096, and the second communication system may be, for example, a new radio (NR) system, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • NR new radio
  • is the number of the sub-carrier interval, and the sub-carrier interval corresponding to the number of the sub-carrier interval can be shown in Table 2 below.
  • is the subcarrier interval used by the PDCCH for scheduling PDSCH, the subcarrier interval used by PDSCH, and the subcarrier used by the physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) that carries HARQ-ACK information The number of the smallest subcarrier interval in the interval.
  • Subcarrier interval number Subcarrier spacing 0 15kHz 1 30kHz 2 60kHz 3 120kHz 4 240kHz
  • the PDSCH minimum processing delay specified by 3GPP R15/R16 takes into account the delays of the following four links, or in other words, the PDSCH processing process includes the following four links:
  • Link 1 PDCCH blind detection, including PDCCH reception at possible PDCCH positions: PDCCH reception, downlink control information (DCI) decoding in PDCCH, or cyclic redundancy check, etc.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • Part 2 PDSCH reception, including radio frequency reception, demodulation, or decoding, etc.
  • Link 3 HARQ-ACK codebook (codebook) generation.
  • Step 4 Preparation for HARQ-ACK codebook transmission, including coding, modulation, and resource mapping.
  • PUSCH minimum transmission preparation delay refers to the minimum delay between the end time of the PDCCH where the PUSCH information is scheduled and the second time, where the second time is the start time of sending the PUSCH, or in other words, the second time is The start time of this PUSCH.
  • the minimum transmission preparation delay of PUSCH satisfies the following formula B:
  • T proc,2 max((N 2 +d 2,1 )(2048+144)*k*T c *2 - ⁇ ,d 2,2 )
  • T proc,2 is the minimum processing delay of PUSCH
  • N 2 is the number of second symbols, and its value can be related to terminal processing capability and subcarrier spacing.
  • the value of N 2 may be as shown in Table 3 below.
  • Subcarrier interval number Terminal processing capability #1
  • Terminal processing capability #2 0 10 5 1 12 5.5 2 twenty three 11 (band 1) 3 36 /
  • 11 means that the value of N 2 in frequency band 1 is 11, and that N 2 has no value in frequency band 2; / means that N 2 has no value.
  • the PUSCH is transmitted in the second communication system and will not be repeated here.
  • d 2,1 is the second additional value, its value is related to whether the first symbol of PUSCH only contains DMRS, when the first symbol of PUSCH only includes DMRS, its value is 0; when the first symbol of PUSCH When the symbol does not only include DMRS, its value is 1.
  • d 2,1 is the third additional value, which represents the switching delay of the bandwidth part (BWP).
  • is the number of the sub-carrier interval, and the sub-carrier interval corresponding to the number of the sub-carrier interval can be as shown in Table 2 above.
  • is the number of the smallest subcarrier interval between the subcarrier interval used by the PDCCH for scheduling the PUSCH and the subcarrier interval used by the PUSCH.
  • PUSCH transmission preparation includes the following three links:
  • Link 1 PDCCH blind detection, including PDCCH reception at possible PDCCH positions: PDCCH reception, DCI decoding in PDCCH, or cyclic redundancy check, etc.
  • Link 2 MAC layer protocol data unit (protocoldata unit, PDU) grouping.
  • Link 3 PUSCH transmission preparation at the physical layer, including coding, modulation, or resource mapping, etc.
  • SPS semi-persistent scheduling
  • SPS PDSCH refers to the PDSCH configured by network equipment for terminal equipment through SPS PDSCH configuration information.
  • the SPS PDSCH configuration information may indicate information such as the period of the SPS PDSCH and the number of HARQ processes.
  • the configuration can be activated through DCI.
  • the DCI indicates the time domain position of the PDSCH transmitted for the first time in the SPS PDSCH, that is, the PDSCH transmitted for the first time in the SPS PDSCH is scheduled by the DCI, and subsequent SPS PDSCH transmissions are determined according to the time domain position of the first transmission of the SPS PDSCH and the period configured by higher layers.
  • one transmission of SPS PDSCH corresponds to one transmission occasion, and this transmission occasion may be referred to as an SPS PDSCH occasion (occasion).
  • the time domain position of the physical channel refers to the time unit where the physical channel is located, or refers to the time unit where the physical channel is located and the symbol position in the time unit.
  • the physical channel here can be PUSCH, PDSCH, PUCCH or PDCCH. It can be understood that in the embodiments of this application, PUSCH, PDSCH, PUCCH, and PDCCH are specific examples of uplink data channel, downlink data channel, uplink control channel, and downlink control channel, respectively. These channels may be used in different communication systems. There are different names, which are not limited in this application.
  • time unit in the embodiment of the present application may be a sub-slot, a time slot, a sub-frame, a frame, etc., which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application; the symbol in the embodiment of the present application may refer to an orthogonal frequency. Division (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM) symbols.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • the CG PUSCH refers to a PUSCH configured by a network device for a terminal device through a configured grant configuration (ConfiguredGrantConfig) cell in a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling.
  • the CG PUSCH is sent periodically, and one sending corresponds to one sending occasion, and this sending occasion may be referred to as a CG PUSCH occasion (occasion).
  • Configured grant type 1 Configured grant Type1: Configured CG PUSCH cycle, first transmission offset, symbols occupied by CG PUSCH in the time unit and all parameters related to CG PUSCH in the ConfiguredGrantConfig cell.
  • the terminal device can determine the time domain position of the CG PUSCH through time domain parameters such as the period, the first transmission offset value, and the symbols occupied by the CG PUSCH in the time unit.
  • This type of CG takes effect after it is configured through RRC signaling, and does not need to be activated through DCI, nor does it need to be deactivated through DCI.
  • Configured grant type 2 (Configured grant Type 2): The period of configuring CG PUSCH, the number of HARQ processes and other parameters related to CG PUSCH in the ConfiguredGrantConfig cell. After this type of CG is configured through RRC signaling, it needs to be activated through DCI to take effect, and can be deactivated through DCI.
  • the network device indicates to the terminal device the time domain position of the PUSCH transmitted for the first time in the CG PUSCH through the DCI.
  • the terminal device may determine the time domain position of the PUSCH that is not transmitted for the first time in the CG PUSCH through the period of the CG PUSCH and the time domain position of the PUSCH transmitted for the first time.
  • PDCCH monitoring occasion (PDCCH monitoring occasion) configuration Sixth, PDCCH monitoring occasion (PDCCH monitoring occasion) configuration:
  • the PDCCH monitoring timing configuration is used to configure the terminal equipment to monitor the PDCCH timing.
  • the configuration can include the monitoring period, the time unit that needs to be monitored in the period, and the monitoring timing pattern corresponding to the time unit.
  • the monitoring timing pattern is length It is an N bit sequence corresponding to the N symbols included in the time unit. When the value of a bit is "0", it means that the terminal device in the symbol corresponding to the bit does not need to monitor the PDCCH. Accordingly, the network device does not send the PDCCH to the terminal device in the symbol; when the value of the bit is When "1", it means that the PDCCH needs to be monitored in the symbol corresponding to the bit. Accordingly, the network device may send the PDCCH to the terminal device within the symbol.
  • the communication system may be the NR system in the 5th generation (5G) mobile communication system, the wireless-fidelity (WiFi) system, and the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) related
  • the communication system and the future evolution of the communication system, etc. are not restricted.
  • the term "system” can be used interchangeably with "network”.
  • the 5G communication system is a next-generation communication system under study. Among them, 5G communication systems include non-standalone (NSA) 5G mobile communication systems and standalone (SA) 5G mobile communication systems.
  • NSA non-standalone
  • SA standalone
  • the above-mentioned communication system to which this application is applied is only an example, and the communication system to which this application is applied is not limited to this.
  • the communication system 10 includes at least one network device 30 and one or more terminal devices 40 connected to the network device 30.
  • different terminal devices 40 can communicate with each other.
  • the network device sends the first PDSCH and first information to the terminal device, and the first information indicates the first PUCCH resource; the terminal After the device receives the first PDSCH and the first information from the network device, it sends the HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH to the network device on the first PUCCH resource, where the end symbol of the first PDSCH and the first PUCCH resource
  • the time interval between the start symbols is greater than or equal to the first threshold, which represents the minimum PDSCH processing delay.
  • the first threshold represents the minimum PDSCH processing delay.
  • the minimum PDSCH processing delay is reduced when the first condition is met. Therefore, under the first condition, the time interval between the first PUCCH resource scheduled by the network device and the first PDSCH can be reduced.
  • HARQ-ACK information can be sent on the first PUCCH resource. It is not necessary to send HARQ-ACK information after the second value after the end symbol of the PDSCH starts, thereby speeding up HARQ-ACK feedback and reducing transmission time.
  • the PDSCH processing flow is simplified, which can shorten the HARQ-ACK feedback delay. This shortening of the HARQ-ACK feedback delay does not require an additional increase in the processing capacity of the chip, which will not Put forward new requirements for the chip architecture, which is easy for product realization.
  • the network device 30 in the embodiment of the present application is a device that connects the terminal device 40 to the wireless network, including but not limited to: evolved Node B (eNodeB) in LTE, and base station in NR (gNodeB or gNB) or transceiver point (transmission reception point, TRP), the base station of the subsequent evolution of 3GPP, the access node in the WiFi system, the wireless relay node, the wireless backhaul node, etc.
  • the base station can be: a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a small station, a relay station, or a balloon station, etc. Multiple base stations can support networks of the same technology mentioned above, or networks of different technologies mentioned above.
  • the base station can contain one or more co-site or non-co-site TRPs.
  • the network device may also be a wireless controller, a centralized unit (CU), and/or a distributed unit (DU) in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario.
  • the following description takes the network device as a base station as an example.
  • the base station can communicate with the terminal, and it can also communicate with the terminal through a relay station.
  • the terminal can communicate with multiple base stations of different technologies.
  • the terminal can communicate with a base station that supports an LTE network, can also communicate with a base station that supports a 5G network, and can also support dual connections with a base station of an LTE network and a base station of a 5G network. .
  • the terminal device 40 in the embodiment of the present application is a device with a transceiver function, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable, or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on the water surface (such as ships, etc.) ; Can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal device 40 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a computer with wireless transceiving function, a terminal device in an Internet of Things system, for example, a virtual reality terminal device, an augmented reality terminal device, a terminal device in industrial control, and an unmanned driving device.
  • Terminal equipment in the field terminal equipment in assisted driving, terminal equipment in telemedicine, terminal equipment in smart grid, terminal equipment in transportation safety, terminal equipment in smart city, terminal equipment in smart home, etc.
  • the terminal device 40 may also be an in-vehicle module, an in-vehicle module, an in-vehicle component, an in-vehicle chip, or an in-vehicle unit built into the vehicle as one or more components or units.
  • An on-board component, on-board chip, or on-board unit can implement the method of the present application. The embodiments of this application do not limit the application scenarios.
  • Terminal equipment may also be called terminal or user equipment (UE) sometimes.
  • the terminal can be fixed or mobile.
  • the network device 30 and the terminal device 40 in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a communication device, which may be a general-purpose device or a special-purpose device.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 30 and a terminal device 40 provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the terminal device 40 includes at least one processor and at least one transceiver.
  • FIG. 2 exemplarily includes one processor 401 and one transceiver 403 for illustration.
  • the terminal device 40 may further include at least one memory, at least one output device, and at least one input device. In FIG. 2, it is exemplarily described by including a memory 402, an output device 404, and an input device 405.
  • the processor 401, the memory 402, and the transceiver 403 are connected through a communication line.
  • the communication line may include a path to transmit information between the above-mentioned components.
  • the processor 401 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of this application .
  • the processor 401 may also include multiple CPUs, and the processor 401 may be a single-core processor or a multi-core processor.
  • the processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, or processing cores for processing data.
  • the memory 402 may be a device having a storage function. For example, it can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), or other types that can store information and instructions. Dynamic storage devices, which can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM), or other optical disk storage or disk storage media Or other magnetic storage devices, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store computer-executable instructions and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited to this.
  • the memory 402 may exist independently, and is connected to the processor 401 through a communication line. The memory 402 may also be integrated with the processor 401.
  • the memory 402 is used to store computer-executable instructions for executing the solutions of the present application, and the processor 401 controls the execution.
  • the processor 401 is configured to execute computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 402, so as to implement the information transmission method described in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer executable instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program code or computer program code.
  • the transceiver 403 may be used to communicate with other devices, equipment or communication networks.
  • the transceiver 403 may include a transmitter (transmitter, Tx) and a receiver (receiver, Rx).
  • the output device 404 communicates with the processor 401, and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device 404 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector (projector) Wait.
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • LED light emitting diode
  • CRT cathode ray tube
  • projector projector
  • the input device 405 communicates with the processor 401, and can accept user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device 405 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensor device.
  • the network device 30 includes at least one processor, at least one transceiver, and at least one network interface.
  • FIG. 2 exemplarily includes a processor 301, a transceiver 303, and a network interface 304 for illustration.
  • the network device 30 may further include at least one memory.
  • FIG. 2 including a memory 302 is taken as an example for description.
  • the processor 301, the memory 302, the transceiver 303, and the network interface 304 are connected through a communication line.
  • the network interface 304 is used to connect to the core network device through a link (for example, the S1 interface), or to connect with the network interface of other network devices (not shown in FIG. 2) through a wired or wireless link (for example, the X2 interface).
  • the application embodiment does not specifically limit this.
  • the description of the processor 401, the memory 402, and the transceiver 403 in the terminal device 40 may be made to the description of the processor 401, the memory 402, and the transceiver 403 in the terminal device 40.
  • FIG. 3 is a specific structural form of the terminal device 40 provided in an embodiment of the application.
  • the functions of the processor 401 in FIG. 2 may be implemented by the processor 110 in FIG. 3.
  • the function of the transceiver 403 in FIG. 2 may be implemented by the antenna 1 in FIG. 3, the mobile communication module 150, and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the terminal device 40.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, a switch, a power amplifier, a low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves by the antenna 1, and perform processing such as filtering, amplifying and transmitting the received electromagnetic waves to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation via the antenna 1.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
  • the antenna 1 of the terminal device 40 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, so that the terminal device 40 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the function of the output device 404 in FIG. 2 may be implemented by the display screen 194 in FIG. 3.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, and so on.
  • the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the function of the input device 405 in FIG. 2 may be implemented by a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or the sensor module 180 in FIG. 3.
  • the terminal device 40 may further include one of an audio module 170, a camera 193, a SIM card interface 195, a USB interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, and a battery 142. Or more.
  • the structure shown in FIG. 3 does not constitute a specific limitation on the terminal device 40.
  • the terminal device 40 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the information transmission method includes the following steps:
  • the network device sends the first PDSCH to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first PDSCH from the network device.
  • the network device sends the first information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first information from the network device.
  • the first information indicates the first PUCCH resource, and the first PUCCH resource is used to carry HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH.
  • the time interval between the end symbol of the first PDSCH and the start symbol of the first PUCCH resource is greater than or equal to a first threshold, and the first threshold represents the minimum PDSCH processing delay.
  • the first threshold represents the minimum PDSCH processing delay.
  • the first threshold The value of is the first value.
  • the value of the first threshold is the second value, and the first value is less than the second value.
  • the second value may be the minimum PDSCH processing delay specified in 3GPP R15 or R16.
  • step S401 can be performed first, and then step S402; alternatively, step S402 can be performed first, and then step S401; or, step S401 and step S402 can be performed at the same time.
  • step S401 can be performed first, and then step S402; alternatively, step S402 can be performed first, and then step S401; or, step S401 and step S402 can be performed at the same time.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.
  • the terminal device sends HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH to the network device on the first PUCCH resource.
  • the network device receives the HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH from the terminal device on the first PUCCH resource.
  • the terminal device may determine whether the time interval between the end symbol of the first PDSCH and the start symbol of the first PUCCH resource indicated by the first information is greater than or equal to the first threshold When the time interval is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH is sent to the network device on the first PUCCH resource. When the time interval is less than the first threshold, the HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH is not sent to the network device, or NACK is sent to the network device (regardless of whether the first PDSCH is successfully decoded). Wherein, not sending HARQ-ACK information to the network device can be understood as not sending any information to the network device.
  • the terminal device does not expect that the time interval is less than the first threshold, that is, the first PUCCH resource indicated by the first information sent by the network device needs to meet: the end symbol of the first PDSCH and the start of the first PUCCH resource The time interval between symbols is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the terminal device After receiving the first PDSCH, the terminal device starts a timer after the end time of the first PDSCH, and the duration of the timer is the first threshold.
  • the timer expires, if the start time of the first PUCCH resource has not arrived, when the start time of the first PUCCH resource arrives, the terminal device sends the HARQ of the first PDSCH to the network device on the first PUCCH resource. -ACK information.
  • the minimum PDSCH processing delay is reduced when the first condition is met. Therefore, under the first condition, the time interval between the first PUCCH resource scheduled by the network device and the first PDSCH can be reduced.
  • HARQ-ACK information can be sent on the first PUCCH resource. It is not necessary to send HARQ-ACK information after the second value after the end symbol of the PDSCH starts, thereby speeding up HARQ-ACK feedback and reducing transmission time.
  • the PDSCH processing flow is simplified, which can shorten the HARQ-ACK feedback delay. This shortening of the HARQ-ACK feedback delay does not require an additional increase in the processing capacity of the chip, which will not Put forward new requirements for the chip architecture, which is easy for product realization.
  • the first condition may also be different.
  • the first condition may include: the first PDSCH is a PDSCH that is not transmitted for the first time in a semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) PDSCH.
  • SPS semi-persistent scheduling
  • the PDSCH that is not transmitted for the first time in the SPS PDSCH can also be understood as a PDSCH that is not scheduled by DCI, and the two can be replaced with each other.
  • the terminal device since the non-first transmission of SPS PDSCH does not require DCI scheduling, the terminal device does not need to receive DCI and decode it. Therefore, the PDSCH processing process may not include DCI decoding, thereby reducing the PDSCH processing time and making the PDSCH The minimum processing delay can be reduced, thereby reducing the transmission delay.
  • the first condition may further include: in the time window where the first PDSCH is located, no monitoring occasion of the PDCCH is configured. Specifically, it may be: in the time window where the first PDSCH is located, the network device does not configure the PDCCH monitoring opportunity for the terminal device.
  • the time window can correspond to one or more consecutive symbols in the time domain.
  • no PDCCH monitoring timing can be understood as: terminal equipment does not need to perform blind PDCCH detection within this period of time, that is, there is no need to monitor PDCCH; for network equipment, within a period of time When the network device does not configure the PDCCH monitoring opportunity for the terminal device, the network device does not send the PDCCH to the terminal device within this period of time.
  • one of the length of the aforementioned time window, the interval between the start position of the time window and the first PDSCH start symbol, and the interval between the end position of the time window and the end symbol of the first PDSCH may be preset values, and the preset values may be configured by the network device to the terminal device.
  • the time window is the time unit where the first PDSCH is located.
  • the network device does not configure the PDCCH monitoring opportunity for the terminal device.
  • a time slot includes 14 symbols as an example.
  • the time domain position of the first PDSCH is symbol 3 to symbol 5 in time slot n+1, that is, where the first PDSCH is located.
  • the time unit is the time slot n+1, and the network device has not configured the terminal device with the monitoring timing of the PDCCH in the 14 symbols in the time slot n+1.
  • the network device does not configure the PDCCH monitoring opportunity for the terminal device.
  • the time domain position of the first PDSCH is symbol 3 to symbol 5 in slot n+1.
  • the network equipment does not configure the PDCCH monitoring opportunity for the terminal device.
  • symbols other than symbol 3 to symbol 5 may be configured for PDCCH monitoring Timing may not be configured.
  • the terminal device since the PDCCH monitoring opportunity is not configured in the time window where the first PDSCH is located, the terminal device does not need to monitor the PDCCH in this time window, that is, when the first PDSCH is the SPS PDSCH that is not transmitted for the first time PDSCH, and when there is no need to monitor the PDCCH in the time window where the first PDSCH is located, the PDSCH processing time can be reduced.
  • the first information also indicates a second PUCCH resource
  • the second PUCCH resource is used to carry HARQ-ACK information of the second PDSCH.
  • the second PDSCH is the PDSCH transmitted for the first time in the above-mentioned SPS PDSCH.
  • the time interval between the end symbol and the start symbol of the second PUCCH is greater than or equal to the foregoing second value.
  • the first information may indicate the first PUCCH resource and the second PUCCH resource in the following four ways.
  • the first information includes two sets of information: the first set of information and the second set of information.
  • the first group of information includes first PUCCH resource indication information and a first timing offset value.
  • the first timing offset value is used to determine the first time unit, the first time unit is the time unit where the first PUCCH resource is located, and the first timing offset value may be, for example, the time unit where the first PDSCH is located and the first time unit.
  • the first PUCCH resource indication information indicates the position of the first PUCCH resource in the first time unit, for example, indicates the symbol occupied by the first PUCCH resource in the first time unit.
  • the time interval between the start symbol of the first PUCCH resource and the end symbol of the first PDSCH indicated by the first group of information is greater than or equal to the first value.
  • the second group of information includes second PUCCH resource indication information and a second timing offset value.
  • the second timing offset value is used to determine the second time unit, the second time unit is the time unit where the second PUCCH resource is located, and the second timing offset value may be, for example, the time unit where the second PDSCH is located and the second time unit.
  • the interval between units; the second PUCCH resource indication information indicates the position of the second PUCCH resource in the second time unit, for example, indicates the symbol occupied by the second PUCCH resource in the second time unit.
  • the time interval between the start symbol of the second PUCCH resource and the end symbol of the second PDSCH indicated by the second set of information is greater than or equal to the second value.
  • the first timing offset value and the second timing offset value may be the same, that is, the timing offset value corresponding to the first PUCCH resource is the same as the timing offset value corresponding to the second PUCCH resource.
  • the first timing offset value The offset value and the second timing offset value can be represented by the same parameter.
  • the first information includes first PUCCH resource indication information, second PUCCH resource indication information, timing offset value, and first offset value.
  • the timing offset value may be the first timing offset value or the second timing offset value.
  • the first offset value is used to determine the second timing offset value in combination with the first timing offset value; when the timing offset value is the second timing offset value, The first offset value is used to determine the first timing offset value in combination with the second timing offset value.
  • the first PUCCH resource indication information and the second PUCCH resource indication information may be the same information, that is, the resource number of the first PUCCH resource in the first time unit indicated by the first PUCCH resource indication information and the second PUCCH resource
  • the resource numbers of the second PUCCH resources indicated by the indication information in the second time unit are the same, where a resource number in the time unit corresponds to a PUCCH resource in the time unit (including the frequency domain position of the PUCCH resource and the resource number in the time unit).
  • PUCCH resources indicated by the same resource number in different time units are the same (that is, the frequency domain position is the same, the symbols occupied in the time unit are the same, and other transmission parameters are the same). That is to say, in this case, the difference between the first PUCCH resource and the second PUCCH resource is only in the time unit in which they are located.
  • the first information includes a first timing offset value, a second timing offset value, PUCCH resource indication information, and a second offset value.
  • the PUCCH resource indication information may be the first PUCCH resource indication information or the second PUCCH resource indication information.
  • the second offset value is used to determine the position of the second PUCCH resource in the second time unit in combination with the first PUCCH resource indication information.
  • the first PUCCH resource indication information may be a resource number corresponding to the first PUCCH resource in the first time unit (the following embodiments of this application will refer to it as the first resource number), according to the second offset value and The first resource number can determine the second resource number, and accordingly, the second PUCCH resource is the PUCCH resource corresponding to the second resource number in the second time unit; or, the first PUCCH resource indication information can indicate the status of the first PUCCH resource Time-frequency position and other transmission parameters, the second offset value may be the difference between the number of the start symbol of the second PUCCH resource and the number of the start symbol of the first PUCCH resource, and accordingly, the second PUCCH can be determined The start symbol of the resource in the second time unit.
  • the second offset value is used to determine the position of the first PUCCH resource in the first time unit in combination with the second PUCCH resource indication information.
  • the second PUCCH resource indication information may be the resource number (ie, the second resource number) corresponding to the second PUCCH resource in the second time unit, and the first resource number may be determined according to the second offset value and the second resource number.
  • the resource number (that is, the resource number corresponding to the first PUCCH resource in the first time unit), correspondingly, the first PUCCH resource is the PUCCH resource corresponding to the first resource number in the first time unit; or, the second PUCCH resource indicator
  • the information may indicate the time-frequency position and other transmission parameters of the second PUCCH resource, and the second offset value may be the difference between the number of the start symbol of the first PUCCH resource and the number of the start symbol of the second PUCCH resource, Correspondingly, the start symbol of the first PUCCH resource in the first time unit can be determined.
  • the time domain length of the first PUCCH resource and the second PUCCH resource can be the same, and other transmission parameters can be the same.
  • the first timing offset value and the second timing offset value may be the same information, that is, the values of the first timing offset value and the second timing offset value may be the same, or in other words, the first PUCCH resource
  • the corresponding timing offset value is the same as the timing offset value corresponding to the second PUCCH resource.
  • the first information includes a timing offset value, PUCCH resource indication information, and a third offset value.
  • the timing offset value may be the first timing offset value
  • the PUCCH resource indication information is the first PUCCH resource indication information
  • the third offset value is used to determine the second timing offset in combination with the first timing offset value
  • the value can also be used to determine the second PUCCH resource in combination with the first PUCCH resource indication information.
  • the timing offset value may be the second timing offset value
  • the PUCCH resource indication information is the second PUCCH resource indication information
  • the third offset value is used to determine the first timing offset in combination with the second timing offset value
  • the value can also be used to determine the first PUCCH resource in combination with the second PUCCH resource indication information.
  • the first information can be carried in RRC signaling or physical layer signaling, for example, the first information is one or more fields in DCI; or part of the first information can be carried in RRC signaling, Another part of the information can be carried in the physical layer signaling.
  • the network device can also indicate the first PUCCH resource and the second PUCCH resource to the terminal device in the following four ways.
  • the SPS PDSCH configuration information includes the first timing offset value, the first PUCCH resource indication information, the second timing offset value, and part of the second PUCCH resource indication information, and the SPS PDSCH configuration is activated
  • the DCI includes another part of the four types of information.
  • the configuration information of the SPS PDSCH includes the first PUCCH resource indication information and the second PUCCH resource indication information
  • the DCI for activating the SPS PDSCH configuration includes the first timing offset value and the second timing offset value.
  • the configuration information of the SPS PDSCH includes the first PUCCH resource indication information, the second PUCCH resource indication information, the timing offset value, and some of the information in the first offset value, and is included in the DCI for activating the SPS PDSCH configuration Including the other part of the four types of information.
  • the configuration information of the SPS PDSCH includes the first PUCCH resource indication information, the second PUCCH resource indication information, and the first offset value
  • the DCI for activating the SPS PDSCH configuration includes the timing offset value.
  • the SPS PDSCH configuration information includes the first timing offset value, the second timing offset value, PUCCH resource indication information, and part of the second offset value, and is included in the DCI for activating the SPS PDSCH configuration Including the other part of the four types of information.
  • the configuration information of the SPS PDSCH includes PUCCH resource indication information and the second offset value
  • the DCI for activating the SPS PDSCH configuration includes the first timing offset value and the second timing offset value.
  • the SPS PDSCH configuration information includes timing offset value, PUCCH resource indication information, and part of the third offset value, and the DCI that activates the SPS PDSCH configuration includes another part of the three kinds of information information.
  • the configuration information of the SPS PDSCH includes PUCCH resource indication information and the third offset value
  • the DCI for activating the SPS PDSCH configuration includes the timing offset value.
  • the first condition may include: the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback.
  • separate feedback can be understood as not being fed back together with HARQ-ACKs of other PDSCHs; or, it can also be understood as feedback not based on codebooks.
  • the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback, there is no need to wait for the HARQ-ACKs of other PDSCHs to be fed back together, or there is no need to generate HARQ-ACK codebooks, so that the PDSCH processing time can be reduced, so that The minimum processing delay of the PDSCH can be reduced, thereby reducing the transmission delay.
  • the information transmission method may further include: the network device sends the second information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the second information from the network device.
  • the second information indicates that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is independent feedback.
  • the second information may be included in the DCI for scheduling the first PDSCH.
  • the second information may be located in a specific bit field in the DCI, and when the value of the specific bit field is a preset value, it indicates the first PDSCH
  • the HARQ-ACK feedback is a separate feedback.
  • the specific bit field may be dedicated to indicating whether the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback, which may be called a codebook indicator bit field, for example, that is, the codebook bit field may explicitly indicate the first PDSCH.
  • a codebook indicator bit field for example, that is, the codebook bit field may explicitly indicate the first PDSCH.
  • the HARQ-ACK feedback of a PDSCH is a separate feedback, for example, if the size of the codebook bit field is 1 bit and the preset value is 1, then when the codebook bit field takes the value "1", it indicates the first
  • the HARQ-ACK feedback of the PDSCH is a separate feedback.
  • the specific bit field may have other functions, and the other functions may be used to indirectly indicate whether the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is independent feedback.
  • the specific bit field may be, for example, a timing offset value bit field, and the timing offset value bit field is used to indicate the difference between the number of the time unit where the first PUCCH resource is located and the number of the time unit where the first PDSCH is located.
  • the timing offset value bit field may indirectly indicate that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is independent feedback.
  • the value of the timing offset value bit field is "000"
  • the difference indicated by "000” is A2 as an example, if the preset difference is A1, It indicates that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is not a separate feedback. If the preset difference is A2, it indicates that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback.
  • the value of the timing offset value bit field when the value of the timing offset value bit field is a preset value, it indirectly indicates that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is independent feedback.
  • the value of the timing offset value bit field is "000"
  • the preset value is "000” as an example, it indicates the HARQ-ACK of the first PDSCH
  • the feedback is a separate feedback (regardless of the difference indicated by "000").
  • the terminal device may perform HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH according to the second information, thereby reducing PDSCH processing time.
  • the first condition may include: the PUCCH format associated with the first PUCCH resource is format 0 or format 1.
  • the first PUCCH resource associated with the HARQ-ACK information used to carry the first PDSCH is When the PUCCH format is format 0 or format 1, it can be understood that the first PUCCH resource can only carry the HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH, or it can be understood that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback, thereby reducing the PDSCH.
  • the processing time of the PDSCH can be reduced to reduce the minimum processing delay of the PDSCH, thereby reducing the transmission delay.
  • the first condition may include: no PDSCH HARQ-ACK codebook is configured. Specifically, the network device may not configure the PDSCH HARQ-ACK codebook for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device since the network device does not configure the PDSCH HARQ-ACK codebook for the terminal device, the terminal device does not need to generate the codebook when performing the HARQ-ACK feedback of the PDSCH, thereby reducing the PDSCH processing time and making the PDSCH minimum processing The delay can be reduced, thereby reducing the transmission delay.
  • the first threshold may satisfy the following first formula:
  • T 1 (N 1 +d 1,1 )(2048+144)*k*T c *2 - ⁇ 1
  • T 1 is the first threshold
  • N 1 is the number of first symbols
  • d 1,1 is the first additional value
  • k is the ratio of the minimum sampling interval of the first communication system to the minimum sampling interval of the second communication system
  • T c is the minimum sampling interval of the second communication system
  • ⁇ 1 is the number of the first subcarrier interval
  • the first PDSCH is transmitted in the second communication system.
  • the first subcarrier interval is the smallest subcarrier interval among the subcarrier interval used by the PDCCH for scheduling the first PDSCH, the subcarrier interval used by the first PDSCH, and the subcarrier interval used by the first PUCCH.
  • the first subcarrier interval is the smallest subcarrier interval between the subcarrier interval used by the first PDSCH and the subcarrier interval used by the first PUCCH.
  • the number of first symbols corresponding to the first value is smaller than the number of first symbols corresponding to the second value, and/or the first additional value corresponding to the first value is smaller than the first additional value corresponding to the second value.
  • the value of the number of first symbols corresponding to the first value may be as shown in Table 4 below.
  • band 1 indicates that the value of the first symbol number corresponding to the first value in band 1 is 6 or 7, and there is no value in band 2; / indicates the first symbol number corresponding to the first value No value.
  • the first additional value corresponding to the first value may be zero.
  • the value of the first threshold is related to k, T c, and ⁇ 1. Therefore, the first value may be different when k, T c, and ⁇ 1 take different values. Similarly, the second value may be different when k, T c , and ⁇ 1 take different values. In the embodiment of the present application, the first value smaller than the second value may be: when k, T c, and ⁇ 1 are the same, the first value is smaller than the second value.
  • the information transmission method includes the following steps:
  • the network device sends scheduling information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the scheduling information from the network device.
  • the scheduling information is used to schedule the first PUSCH.
  • the time interval between the start symbol of the first PUSCH and the end symbol of the PDCCH where the scheduling information is located is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the second threshold represents the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay.
  • the second threshold When the second condition is met, the second threshold The value of is the third value.
  • the value of the second threshold is the fourth value, and the third value is less than the fourth value.
  • the fourth value may be the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay specified in 3GPP R15/R16.
  • the terminal device sends the first PUSCH to the network device.
  • the network device receives the first PUSCH from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may determine whether the time interval between the start symbol of the first PUSCH and the end symbol of the PDCCH where the scheduling information is located is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the first PUSCH is sent.
  • the first PUSCH is not sent. That is, the terminal device does not expect that the time interval is less than the second threshold, that is, the first PUSCH scheduled by the scheduling information sent by the network device needs to meet: the start symbol of the first PUSCH and the end symbol of the PDCCH where the scheduling information is located
  • the time interval between is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the terminal device after receiving the scheduling information, the terminal device starts a timer after the end time of the PDCCH where the scheduling information is located, and the duration of the timer is the second threshold.
  • the terminal device sends the first PUSCH to the network device.
  • the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay is reduced when the second condition is met, under the second condition, the time interval between the PUSCH scheduled by the network device and the PDCCH where the scheduling information for scheduling the PUSCH is located It can be reduced, so that when the terminal device completes the PUSCH transmission preparation in advance, it can transmit the PUSCH earlier, thereby reducing the transmission delay; on the other hand, because the second condition is met, the PUSCH transmission preparation process is simplified, which can shorten the PUSCH transmission Preparation time delay. This shortening of PUSCH transmission preparation time delay does not require an additional increase in the processing capacity of the chip, which does not impose new requirements on the chip architecture and is easy to implement.
  • the second condition may also be different.
  • the second condition may include: the data sent on the first PUSCH is retransmitted data of the first uplink data.
  • the terminal device does not need to perform MAC PDU grouping, thereby reducing the PUSCH transmission preparation time, so that the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay can be reduced, and the PUSCH can be transmitted earlier and the transmission delay can be reduced.
  • the third value when the second condition is met, the third value may be referred to as the third value #1.
  • the second condition may include: the data sent on the first PUSCH is retransmitted data of the first uplink data, and the MCS used by the first PUSCH is a preset MCS. Further, the redundancy version of the first PUSCH may be a preset version.
  • Case 1 The MCS used by the first PUSCH is the same as the MCS used by the second PUSCH, and the redundancy version used by the first PUSCH is the same as the redundancy version used by the second PUSCH.
  • the first uplink data transmitted on the second PUSCH is the initial transmission data.
  • the retransmission of the first uplink data is the same as the MCS used for the initial transmission, and the retransmission of the first uplink data is the same as the redundancy version used for the initial transmission.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device first transmits the first uplink data, after encoding and modulating the MAC PDU corresponding to the first uplink data, it can save the encoded and modulated data. Therefore, when retransmitting the first uplink data, It is enough to read the coded and modulated data from the buffer when data is being used, and there is no need to perform coding and modulation again, which can reduce the PUSCH transmission preparation time and thereby reduce the transmission delay.
  • the terminal device can also save the data after the rate matching after encoding and rate matching the MAC PDU corresponding to the first uplink data. Therefore, when retransmitting the first uplink data, the encoding and rate matching can be read from the buffer. The rate is sufficient, and there is no need to perform coding and rate matching again, so that the PUSCH transmission preparation delay can be reduced.
  • Case 2 The MCS used by the first PUSCH is the same as the MCS used by the second PUSCH.
  • the retransmission of the first uplink data is the same as the MCS used for the initial transmission.
  • the redundancy version used by the first PUSCH may be instructed by the network device to the terminal device, that is, the information transmission method may further include: the network device sends instruction information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the information from the network device.
  • the indication information indicates the redundancy version of the first PUSCH.
  • the network device indicates to the terminal device that the redundancy version of the first PUSCH is "3"; or, the redundancy version used by the first PUSCH may be the terminal
  • the device determines at least one of the redundancy version pattern (pattern) configured by the higher layer, the redundancy version used by the second PUSCH, and M, where M indicates that the first PUSCH is the Mth retransmission of the first uplink data
  • the redundancy version mode configured by the higher layer is "0231”
  • the redundancy version used by the second PUSCH is "0”
  • M is 2, that is, the first PUSCH is the second retransmission of the first uplink data
  • the terminal device may determine that the redundancy version used by the first PUSCH is "3".
  • the encoded data can be saved, and after the initial transmission is completed, it can be retrieved from the buffer. Read the coded data and determine the coded bits that need to be transmitted according to the redundancy version used by the first PUSCH, and modulate the coded bits without re-coding, which can reduce the PUSCH transmission preparation time and thus reduce the transmission time Extension.
  • Case 3 The MCS used by the first PUSCH is different from the MCS used by the second PUSCH, and the redundancy version used by the first PUSCH is different from the redundancy version used by the second PUSCH.
  • the MCS used by the first PUSCH may be pre-configured by the network device for the terminal device; the redundancy version used by the first PUSCH may be indicated by the network device to the terminal device, or it may be the terminal device. If the equipment is determined, please refer to the related description of the above case 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device can save the MAC PDU corresponding to the first uplink data during the initial transmission, and after the initial transmission is completed, it can read the MAC PDU from the buffer, retransmit the MAC PDU, and determine the need for transmission And modulate the coded bits, and then save the coded and modulated data.
  • the saved coded and modulated data can be sent immediately, which can reduce the transmission delay.
  • the third value when the second condition is met, the third value may be referred to as the third value #2.
  • the magnitude relationship between the third value #1, the third value #2, and the fourth value may be: fourth value>third value #1>third value #2.
  • the second condition may include: the transmission block size (transmission block size, TBS) of the first PUSCH is a preset value.
  • the network device before sending the scheduling information, can indicate to the terminal device that the TBS of the PUSCH to be sent by the terminal device is a preset value through high-level configuration parameters or physical layer signaling; or, before receiving the scheduling information, the terminal device
  • the TBS of the PUSCH to be transmitted can be determined by oneself, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the MAC PDU assembly can be performed in advance, There is no need to wait for receiving scheduling information and then perform MAC PDU assembly according to the scheduling information.
  • RLC radio link control
  • the terminal device can perform MAC PDU assembly in advance, there is no need to perform MAC PDU assembly again after receiving the scheduling information, which can reduce the PUSCH transmission preparation time, so that the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay can be reduced, and thus The PUSCH can be sent earlier to reduce the transmission delay.
  • the second condition may further include: the HARQ process of the first PUSCH is a preset process, and the foregoing preset value is a TBS that uses the preset process for data transmission.
  • the preset process may be indicated by the network device to the terminal device.
  • the network device may indicate the HARQ process number of the first PUSCH to the terminal device; or the network device may indicate to the terminal device that the total number of HARQ processes of the terminal device is 1.
  • the terminal device can determine that the HARQ process number of the first PUSCH is a unique HARQ process number predefined by the protocol or a unique HARQ process number configured by the network device, for example, process number #0.
  • the foregoing preset value may be indicated by the network device to the terminal device through high-level configuration parameters or physical layer signaling, or may be determined by the terminal device according to the corresponding relationship between the HARQ process and the TBS. There is no specific limitation.
  • the terminal device can store the MAC PDU in the HARQ buffer of the preset process after assembling the MAC PDU for subsequent coding and modulation.
  • the second condition may further include: the modulation and coding scheme (MCS) of the first PUSCH is a preset scheme; or, the MCS of the first PUSCH is a preset scheme And the redundancy version of the first PUSCH is the preset version.
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the terminal device can complete coding or complete coding and modulation before receiving the scheduling information, which can further reduce the PUSCH transmission preparation time, so that the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation time can be reduced, and the PUSCH can be transmitted earlier and the transmission delay can be reduced.
  • the network device may explicitly indicate the MCS of the first PUSCH to the terminal device, for example, send the MCS index of the first PUSCH to the terminal device; or, the network device may implicitly indicate the first PUSCH to the terminal device.
  • the MCS of the PUSCH for example, the number of physical resources occupied by the transmission of the first PUSCH to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can determine the MCS of the first PUSCH in combination with the TBS of the first PUSCH, where the number of physical resources For example, it may be the number of time-domain symbols and/or the number of frequency-domain resource blocks.
  • the network device may indicate the above-mentioned information to the terminal device through RRC signaling, or may indicate it through other means such as physical layer signaling, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the second threshold may satisfy the following second formula:
  • T 2 max((N 2 +d 2,1 )(2048+144)*k*T c *2 - ⁇ 2 ,d 2,2 )
  • T 2 is the second threshold
  • N 2 is the number of second symbols
  • d 2,1 is the second additional value
  • d 2,2 is the third additional value
  • k is the minimum sampling interval of the first communication system and the second the ratio of the minimum sampling interval of the communication system
  • T c is the minimum sampling interval of the second communication system
  • [mu] 2 for the second number of sub-carrier spacing
  • the second subcarrier interval is the smallest subcarrier interval between the subcarrier interval used by the PDCCH where the scheduling information is located and the subcarrier interval used by the first PUSCH.
  • the number of second symbols corresponding to the third value is less than the number of second symbols corresponding to the fourth value
  • the second additional value corresponding to the third value is less than that corresponding to the fourth value.
  • the second additional value and the third additional value corresponding to the third value are smaller than the third additional value corresponding to the fourth value.
  • the value of the second threshold is related to k, T c, and ⁇ 2. Therefore, the third value may be different when k, T c, and ⁇ 2 take different values. Similarly, the fourth value may be different when k, T c, and ⁇ 2 take different values. In the embodiment of the present application, the third value being smaller than the fourth value may be: when k, T c, and ⁇ 2 are the same, the third value is smaller than the fourth value.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides an information transmission method. As shown in FIG. 7, the information transmission method includes the following steps:
  • the network device sends the third PDSCH to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the third PDSCH from the network device.
  • the terminal device determines the PUSCH associated with the third PDSCH.
  • the PUSCH associated with the third PDSCH is referred to as the third PUSCH.
  • the time interval between the start symbol of the third PUSCH and the end symbol of the third PDSCH is greater than or equal to the third threshold, and the third threshold represents the minimum processing delay from receiving the PDSCH to transmitting the PUSCH associated with the PDSCH.
  • the time when the PDSCH is received can be understood as the end time of the PDSCH; the time when the PUSCH associated with the PDSCH is sent can be understood as the start time of the PUSCH.
  • the terminal device sends the third PUSCH to the network device.
  • the network device receives the third PUSCH from the terminal device.
  • the third PUSCH and the third PDSCH may have different association modes.
  • the third PUSCH is associated with the third PDSCH, which may include: the third PDSCH and the third PUSCH are scheduled by the first DCI.
  • the information transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include:
  • the network device sends the first DCI to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first DCI from the network device.
  • the first DCI is used to schedule the third PDSCH and the third PUSCH.
  • the first DCI may schedule the third PDSCH and the third PUSCH in the following two ways:
  • the first DCI may include the time domain resource indication information of the third PDSCH and the time domain resource indication information of the third PUSCH.
  • the time domain resource indication information of the third PDSCH may indicate the position of the third time unit and the third PDSCH in the third time unit, and the third time unit is the time unit where the third PDSCH is located.
  • the time domain resource indication information of the third PDSCH may include: the difference between the number of the time unit where the start symbol of the third PDSCH is located and the number of the time unit where the end symbol of the PDCCH where the first DCI is located, and the third Information on symbols occupied by the PDSCH in the third time unit.
  • the time domain resource indication information of the third PUSCH may indicate the positions of the fourth time unit and the third PUSCH in the fourth time unit, and the fourth time unit is the time unit where the third PUSCH is located.
  • the time domain resource indication information of the third PUSCH may include: the difference between the number of the time unit where the start symbol of the third PUSCH is located and the number of the time unit where the end symbol of the PDCCH where the first DCI is located, and the third Information on symbols occupied by PUSCH in the fourth time unit.
  • the first DCI includes time domain resource indication information, offset information, and location indication information of the third PDSCH.
  • the offset information is used to determine the time unit where the third PUSCH is located, and the location information indicates the position of the third PUSCH in the time unit where it is located.
  • the time-domain resource indication information of the third PDSCH can refer to the related description in the above manner;
  • the offset information can be, for example, the number of the time unit (fourth time unit) where the third PUSCH is located and the number of the third PDSCH where the third PDSCH is located.
  • the difference between the serial numbers of the time unit (the third time unit); the position indication information may be, for example, information on symbols occupied by the third PUSCH in the fourth time unit.
  • the location information may also indicate the frequency domain location information of the third PUSCH.
  • the network device may configure a group of candidate PUSCHs (including the time-frequency location of the PUSCH) in the fourth time unit, and the location information may be The number of one PUSCH in the group of candidate PUSCHs, and the candidate PUSCH corresponding to the number is the third PUSCH.
  • the association of the third PUSCH with the third PDSCH may include: the third PUSCH is scheduled by the third PDSCH.
  • the scheduling of the third PUSCH by the third PDSCH may be: the third PDSCH carries the scheduling information of the third PUSCH.
  • the foregoing step S702 may be: the terminal device determines the third PUSCH according to the scheduling information carried by the third PDSCH.
  • the third PDSCH may be scheduled by the second DCI, and the second DCI may indicate the time domain position of the third PDSCH; or, the third PDSCH may be an SPS PDSCH, and the time domain position of the third PDSCH is determined by the SPS
  • the configuration information of the PDSCH and the DCI for activating the SPS PDSCH configuration are jointly determined.
  • the third PDSCH may include time domain resource indication information of the third PUSCH.
  • the time domain resource indication information of the third PUSCH may indicate the positions of the fourth time unit and the third PUSCH in the fourth time unit, and the fourth time unit is the time unit where the third PUSCH is located.
  • the time domain resource indication information of the third PUSCH may include: the difference between the number of the time unit where the third PUSCH is located and the number of the time unit where the third PDSCH is located, and the position of the third PUSCH in the fourth time unit. Information about the symbol that is occupied.
  • the third PDSCH may also include frequency domain resource indication information of the third PUSCH.
  • the network device may configure a group of candidate PUSCHs (including the time-frequency position of the PUSCH) in the fourth time unit, then the third The PDSCH may include the serial number of one PUSCH in the group of candidate PUSCHs, and the candidate PUSCH corresponding to the serial number is the third PUSCH.
  • the association of the third PUSCH with the third PDSCH may include: the third PDSCH is SPS PDSCH, and the third PUSCH is CGPUSCH, where the third PDSCH is the first SPS PDSCH of the SPS PDSCH.
  • the third PUSCH is the PDSCH sent on the first CG PUSCH timing of the CG PUSCH, and the first CG PUSCH timing is the first CG PUSCH timing after the first SPS PDSCH timing, or the first CG PUSCH timing
  • the PUSCH timing is the first CG PUSCH timing after the end symbol of the first SPS PDSCH timing starts a specific period of time.
  • the third PUSCH is the first PUSCH in the CG PUSCH after the third PDSCH; or, the third PUSCH is the first PUSCH in the CG PUSCH after the end symbol of the third PDSCH starts a specific period of time.
  • the above-mentioned specific duration may be configured by a high-level parameter, or be predefined, and the specific duration may be equal to a third threshold, for example.
  • the period of the SPS PDSCH and the period of the CG PUSCH may be the same or different, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • associating the third PUSCH with the third PDSCH may further include: when the third PDSCH decoding is unsuccessful, the third PUSCH is not sent; in other words, the third PUSCH is sent depending on The third PDSCH decoding is successful.
  • the original data for uplink data transmission can only be generated after the downlink data is successfully decoded. Therefore, the processing of uplink data transmission is performed after the downlink data is successfully received.
  • the value of the third threshold is related to the capabilities of the terminal equipment, the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the third PDSCH, and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the third PUSCH; the third threshold is greater than the first threshold or the second threshold. Threshold.
  • the third threshold may be determined by the number of third symbols and the fourth additional value, the number of third symbols is greater than the number of first symbols corresponding to the second value, or the number of third symbols is greater than the second symbol corresponding to the fourth value Or, the number of third symbols is greater than the number of first symbols corresponding to the second value and greater than the number of second symbols corresponding to the fourth value.
  • the third number of symbols may be the sum of the second number of symbols corresponding to the second value and the second offset value, and the second offset value may be a preset value, and the unit is a symbol.
  • the second offset value may be 1 or 2; or, when the sub-carrier interval used by the third PDSCH is 15 kHz, the second offset value is 1, and when the sub-carrier interval used by the third PDSCH is 60 kHz, the second offset value may be 1 or 2.
  • the second offset value is 2.
  • the second offset value is 1 or 2, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the value of the number of third symbols may be as shown in Table 5 below:
  • 12 or 13 means that the value of the third symbol number in frequency band 1 is 12 or 13, and there is no value in frequency band 2; / means that the third symbol number has no value.
  • the actions of the network devices in the above steps S401 to S403, S601 to S602, and S700 to S703 can be executed by the processor 301 in the network device 30 shown in FIG. 2 calling the application code stored in the memory 302 to instruct the network device to execute.
  • the actions of the terminal device in steps S401 to S403, S601 to S602, and S700 to S703 may be called by the processor 401 in the terminal device 40 shown in FIG. 2 to call the application program code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the terminal device to execute.
  • the terminal device or the network device can perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application. These steps are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also perform other steps or variations of various steps. . In addition, each step may be executed in a different order presented in the embodiment of the present application, and it may not be necessary to perform all the steps in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the methods and/or steps implemented by the terminal device can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in the terminal device, and the methods and/or steps implemented by the network device can also be implemented by the terminal device. It can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in network devices.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which is used to implement the foregoing various methods.
  • the communication device may be the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment, or a device including the foregoing terminal device, or a component that can be used in the terminal device; or, the communication device may be the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, or include the foregoing A device of a network device, or a component that can be used in a network device.
  • the communication device includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 are schematic structural diagrams of possible communication devices provided by embodiments of this application. These communication devices can be used to implement the functions of the terminal device or the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, and therefore can also achieve the beneficial effects of the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication device may be the terminal device 40 shown in FIG. 1, or the network device 30 shown in FIG. 1, or may be a module applied to a terminal device or a network device (such as chip).
  • the embodiments of the present application may divide the communication device into functional modules according to the foregoing method embodiments.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • the communication device 80 includes a receiving module 801 and a sending module 802.
  • the communication device may further include a processing module 803.
  • the communication device 80 is configured to implement the functions of the terminal device or the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4, FIG. 6, or FIG. 7 above.
  • the receiving module 801 is used to receive the first PDSCH and first information from the network device, the first information indicating the first PUCCH resource
  • the sending module 802 is used to send HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH to the network device on the first PUCCH resource
  • the processing module 803 is used to demodulate and decode the data carried in the first PDSCH, and generate the first HARQ-ACK information of a PDSCH.
  • the receiving module 801 is further configured to receive second information from the network device, the second information indicating that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback.
  • the sending module 802 is used to send the first PDSCH and first information to the terminal device, the first information indicating the first PUCCH resource;
  • the receiving module 801 is configured to receive HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH from the terminal device on the first PUCCH resource;
  • the processing module 803 is configured to encode and modulate the data carried in the first PDSCH, and perform the HARQ-ACK information is processed.
  • the sending module 802 is further configured to send second information to the terminal device, the second information indicating that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback.
  • the receiving module 801 is used to receive scheduling information from the network device, the scheduling information is used to schedule the first PUSCH; the sending module 802, It is used to send the first PUSCH to the network device; the processing module 803 is used to process the scheduling information and encode and modulate the data carried in the first PUSCH.
  • the receiving module 801 is further configured to receive indication information from a network device, where the indication information indicates the redundancy version of the first PUSCH.
  • the sending module 802 is used to send scheduling information to the terminal device, the scheduling information is used to schedule the first PUSCH;
  • the receiving module 801 is used To receive the first PUSCH from the terminal device;
  • the processing module 803 is configured to demodulate and decode the data carried in the first PUSCH.
  • the sending module 802 is further configured to send instruction information to the terminal device, where the instruction information indicates the redundancy version of the first PUSCH.
  • the receiving module 801 is used to receive the third PDSCH from the network device; the processing module 803 is used to determine the third PUSCH, the first The three PUSCHs are associated with the third PDSCH; the sending module 802 is used to send the third PUSCH to the network device; the processing module 803 is used to demodulate and decode the data carried in the third PDSCH, and the data carried in the third PUSCH The data is encoded and modulated.
  • the sending module 802 is used to send the third PDSCH to the terminal device;
  • the receiving module 801 is used to receive the third PUSCH from the terminal device
  • the third PUSCH is associated with the third PDSCH;
  • the processing module 803 is configured to encode and modulate the data carried in the third PDSCH, and demodulate and decode the data carried in the third PUSCH.
  • the communication device 80 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner.
  • the "module” here can refer to a specific circuit, a processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above-mentioned functions.
  • the communication device 80 may take the form of the terminal device 40 or the network device 30 shown in FIG. 2.
  • the processor 401 in the terminal device 40 shown in FIG. The computer executes the instructions to make the communication device 80 execute the information transmission method in the above method embodiment; when the communication device 80 is used to implement the function of the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4, FIG. 6, or FIG. 7, FIG. 2
  • the processor 301 in the network device 30 shown can call the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 302, so that the communication device 80 executes the information transmission method in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication device 80 provided in this embodiment can perform the above-mentioned information transmission method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above-mentioned method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the communication device 90 includes a processor 901 and an interface circuit 902.
  • the processor 901 and the interface circuit 902 are coupled to each other.
  • the interface circuit 902 may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
  • the communication device 90 may further include a memory 903 for storing instructions executed by the processor 901 or storing input data required by the processor 901 to run the instructions or storing data generated after the processor 901 runs the instructions.
  • the processor 901 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 803, and the interface circuit 902 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned receiving module 801 and sending module 802. .
  • the terminal device chip When the foregoing communication device is a chip applied to a terminal device, the terminal device chip implements the function of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the terminal device chip receives information from other modules in the terminal device (such as a radio frequency module or antenna), and the information is sent by the network device to the terminal device; or, the terminal device chip sends information to other modules in the terminal device (such as a radio frequency module or antenna).
  • the antenna sends information, which is sent by the terminal device to the network device.
  • the network device chip implements the function of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the network device chip receives information from other modules in the network device (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information is sent by the terminal device to the network device; or, the network device chip sends information to other modules in the network device (such as radio frequency modules or antennas).
  • the antenna sends information, which is sent by the network device to the terminal device.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, which includes a processor, configured to implement the method in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data, and the processor can call the program code stored in the memory to instruct the communication device to execute the method in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the memory may not be in the communication device.
  • the communication device may be a chip system, and the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method steps in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by hardware, and can also be implemented by a processor executing software instructions.
  • Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, which can be stored in random access memory (RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM) , PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM), register, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or well-known in the art Any other form of storage medium.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium.
  • the storage medium may also be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium may be located in the ASIC.
  • the ASIC can be located in a network device or a terminal device.
  • the processor and the storage medium may also exist as discrete components in the network device or the terminal device.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer program or instruction may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer program or instruction may be downloaded from a website, computer, The server or data center transmits to another website site, computer, server or data center through wired or wireless means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that integrates one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape; it may also be an optical medium, such as a digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD); and it may also be a semiconductor medium, such as a solid state drive (solid state drive). , SSD).
  • A/B can mean A or B; the "and/or” in this application is only It is an association relationship that describes associated objects. It means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B. It can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B It can be singular or plural.
  • At least one item (a) or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a).
  • at least one item (a) of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where "-" means that the associated objects before and after are a kind of "and”
  • AB can represent A and B, and a, b, and c can be single or multiple.
  • words such as “first” and “second” are used to distinguish the same or similar items with substantially the same function and effect. Those skilled in the art can understand that words such as “first” and “second” do not limit the quantity and order of execution, and words such as “first” and “second” do not limit the difference.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of wireless communications, and provide an information transmission method, apparatus and system, which can reduce a transmission delay. A terminal device may determine different HARQ-ACK feedback delays according to different scenarios. Thus, in certain scenarios, for example, in semi-persistent scheduling PDSCHs, for a PDSCH that is not transmitted for the first time or a PDSCH of which the HARQ-ACK is separately fed back, a terminal device may pre-feed back HARQ-ACK information, thereby reducing a data transmission delay.

Description

信息传输方法、装置及系统Information transmission method, device and system
本申请要求于2020年03月31日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202010246677.9、申请名称为“信息传输方法、装置及系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office, the application number is 202010246677.9, and the application name is "information transmission method, device and system" on March 31, 2020, the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference middle.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及无线通信领域,尤其涉及信息传输方法、装置及系统。This application relates to the field of wireless communication, and in particular to information transmission methods, devices and systems.
背景技术Background technique
超可靠低延迟通信(ultra-reliable and low latency communications,URLLC)是第五代(5th Generation,5G)通信系统支持的一种业务。Ultra-reliable and low latency communications (URLLC) is a service supported by the fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) communication system.
通常,通信系统需要牺牲频谱效率来满足URLLC业务的高可靠性和低时延需求,即通过分配更多的资源来提供足够的冗余保障。其中,混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)机制是满足可靠性需求的同时提升频谱效率的有效方法。Generally, communication systems need to sacrifice spectrum efficiency to meet the high reliability and low latency requirements of URLLC services, that is, provide sufficient redundancy guarantee by allocating more resources. Among them, the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) mechanism is an effective method to meet reliability requirements while improving spectrum efficiency.
然而,URLLC业务中的某些应用可能要求极低的传输时延(例如1~2ms的环回时延,即0.5ms~1ms单向空口时延)和极高的可靠性需求(例如,99.999%乃至99.9999999%的可靠性),但是HARQ机制中,重传在初传失败后进行,会增加业务传输时延,从而基于现有的终端处理能力、基站处理能力、以及传输机制,很难满足该类应用的极低时延需求。However, some applications in the URLLC service may require extremely low transmission delay (for example, 1 to 2 ms loopback delay, that is, 0.5 ms to 1 ms one-way air interface delay) and extremely high reliability requirements (for example, 99.999 % Or even 99.9999999% reliability), but in the HARQ mechanism, the retransmission is performed after the initial transmission fails, which will increase the service transmission delay. Based on the existing terminal processing capabilities, base station processing capabilities, and transmission mechanisms, it is difficult to meet Very low latency requirements for this type of application.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种信息传输方法、装置及系统,可以降低传输时延。The embodiments of the present application provide an information transmission method, device, and system, which can reduce transmission delay.
为达到上述目的,本申请实施例采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the foregoing objectives, the following technical solutions are adopted in the embodiments of this application:
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种信息传输方法,该方法可以由终端设备执行,也可以由终端设备的部件,例如终端设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,本申请以终端设备执行该方法为例进行说明。该方法包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一PDSCH和第一信息,该第一信息指示第一PUCCH资源,之后,终端设备在第一PUCCH资源上发送第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息。其中,第一PDSCH的结束符号与第一PUCCH资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔大于或等于第一门限,第一门限表示PDSCH最小处理时延,当满足第一条件时,第一门限的取值为第一数值,当不满足第一条件时,第一门限的取值为第二数值,第一数值小于第二数值。In the first aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide an information transmission method. The method can be executed by a terminal device or a component of the terminal device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the terminal device. The device executes this method as an example for description. The method includes: a terminal device receives a first PDSCH from a network device and first information, the first information indicates a first PUCCH resource, and then, the terminal device sends HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH on the first PUCCH resource. Wherein, the time interval between the end symbol of the first PDSCH and the start symbol of the first PUCCH resource is greater than or equal to the first threshold. The first threshold represents the minimum PDSCH processing delay. When the first condition is met, the first threshold is The value is the first value. When the first condition is not met, the value of the first threshold is the second value, and the first value is smaller than the second value.
基于该方案,由于满足第一条件时,PDSCH最小处理时延减小,因此在第一条件下,网络设备调度的第一PUCCH资源与第一PDSCH之间的时间间隔可以减小,在终端设备提前处理完PDSCH时,可以在第一PUCCH资源上发送HARQ-ACK信息,无需从PDSCH的结束符号开始之后的第二数值后再发送HARQ-ACK信息,从而可以加快HARQ-ACK反馈,降低传输时延;另一方面,由于满足第一条件时,PDSCH处理流程简化了,从而可以缩短HARQ-ACK反馈时延,这种HARQ-ACK反馈时延的缩短无需额外提升芯片的处理能力,从而不会对芯片架构提出新的需求,易于产品实现。Based on this solution, the minimum PDSCH processing delay is reduced when the first condition is met. Therefore, under the first condition, the time interval between the first PUCCH resource scheduled by the network device and the first PDSCH can be reduced. When the PDSCH is processed in advance, HARQ-ACK information can be sent on the first PUCCH resource. It is not necessary to send HARQ-ACK information after the second value after the end symbol of the PDSCH starts, thereby speeding up HARQ-ACK feedback and reducing transmission time. On the other hand, when the first condition is met, the PDSCH processing flow is simplified, which can shorten the HARQ-ACK feedback delay. This shortening of the HARQ-ACK feedback delay does not require an additional increase in the processing capacity of the chip, which will not Put forward new requirements for the chip architecture, which is easy for product realization.
在一种可能的设计中,该信息传输方法还可以包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息,该第二信息指示第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈。In a possible design, the information transmission method may further include: the terminal device receives second information from the network device, the second information indicating that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback.
基于该可能的设计,可以使得终端设备获知第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈,因此后续无需等待其他PDSCH的HARQ-ACK一起反馈,或者无需生成HARQ-ACK 码本,从而可以降低PDSCH处理时间,使得PDSCH的最低处理时延可以降低,进而降低传输时延。Based on this possible design, the terminal device can learn that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback, so there is no need to wait for the HARQ-ACKs of other PDSCHs to be fed back together, or there is no need to generate HARQ-ACK codebooks, thereby reducing PDSCH processing Time, so that the minimum processing delay of PDSCH can be reduced, thereby reducing the transmission delay.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种信息传输方法,该方法可以由网络设备执行,也可以由网络设备的部件,例如网络设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,本申请以网络设备执行该方法为例进行说明。该方法包括:网络设备向终端设备发送第一PDSCH和第一信息,该第一信息指示第一PUCCH资源,之后,网络设备在第一PUCCH资源上接收来自终端设备的第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息。其中,第一PDSCH的结束符号与第一PUCCH资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔大于或等于第一门限,第一门限表示PDSCH最小处理时延,当满足第一条件时,第一门限的取值为第一数值,当不满足第一条件时,第一门限的取值为第二数值,第一数值小于第二数值。其中,第二方面所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面所带来的技术效果。In the second aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide an information transmission method. The method can be executed by a network device or a component of the network device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the network device. The device executes this method as an example for description. The method includes: a network device sends a first PDSCH and first information to a terminal device, the first information indicates a first PUCCH resource, and then the network device receives the HARQ-ACK of the first PDSCH from the terminal device on the first PUCCH resource information. Wherein, the time interval between the end symbol of the first PDSCH and the start symbol of the first PUCCH resource is greater than or equal to the first threshold. The first threshold represents the minimum PDSCH processing delay. When the first condition is met, the first threshold is The value is the first value. When the first condition is not met, the value of the first threshold is the second value, and the first value is smaller than the second value. Among them, the technical effects brought about by the second aspect can be referred to the technical effects brought about by the above-mentioned first aspect.
在一种可能的设计中,该信息传输方法还可以包括:网络设备向终端设备发送第二信息,该第二信息指示第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈。In a possible design, the information transmission method may further include: the network device sends second information to the terminal device, the second information indicating that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback.
结合上述第一方面和第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,该第一条件可以包括:第一PDSCH为半静态调度SPS PDSCH中非首次传输的PDSCH。With reference to the first and second aspects described above, in a possible design, the first condition may include: the first PDSCH is a PDSCH that is not transmitted for the first time in a semi-persistent scheduled SPS PDSCH.
基于该可能的设计,由于SPS PDSCH的非首次传输无需DCI的调度,因此终端设备无需接收DCI并进行译码,因此PDSCH处理过程可以不包括DCI译码,从而降低PDSCH处理时间,使得PDSCH的最低处理时延可以降低,进而降低传输时延。Based on this possible design, since the non-first transmission of SPS PDSCH does not require DCI scheduling, the terminal device does not need to receive DCI and decode it. Therefore, the PDSCH processing process may not include DCI decoding, thereby reducing the PDSCH processing time and making the PDSCH the lowest The processing delay can be reduced, thereby reducing the transmission delay.
结合上述第一方面和第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,该第一条件还可以包括:在第一PDSCH所在的时间单元内,未配置物理下行控制信道PDCCH的监测时机。With reference to the first aspect and the second aspect, in a possible design, the first condition may further include: in the time unit where the first PDSCH is located, no monitoring opportunity of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH is configured.
基于该可能的设计,由于在第一PDSCH所在的时间单元内,未配置PDCCH的监测时机,所以终端设备无需在该时间单元内监测PDCCH,也就是说,当第一PDSCH为SPS PDSCH中非首次传输的PDSCH,且在第一PDSCH所在的时间单元内无需监测PDCCH时,可以降低PDSCH处理时间。Based on this possible design, since the PDCCH monitoring opportunity is not configured in the time unit where the first PDSCH is located, the terminal device does not need to monitor the PDCCH in this time unit, that is, when the first PDSCH is SPS PDSCH, it is not the first time. When the transmitted PDSCH does not need to monitor the PDCCH in the time unit where the first PDSCH is located, the PDSCH processing time can be reduced.
结合上述第一方面和第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,上述第一信息还指示第二PUCCH资源,该第二PUCCH资源用于承载第二PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息,该第二PDSCH为上述SPS PDSCH中首次传输的PDSCH,第二PDSCH的结束符号与第二PUCCH资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔大于或等于第二数值。Combining the foregoing first and second aspects, in a possible design, the foregoing first information further indicates a second PUCCH resource, and the second PUCCH resource is used to carry HARQ-ACK information of the second PDSCH, and the second PDSCH It is the PDSCH transmitted for the first time in the above-mentioned SPS PDSCH, and the time interval between the end symbol of the second PDSCH and the start symbol of the second PUCCH resource is greater than or equal to the second value.
基于该可能的设计,由于网络设备配置用于承载SPS PDSCH中首次传输的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息的第二PUCCH资源,因此可以兼顾首次传输的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息的反馈。Based on this possible design, since the network device configures the second PUCCH resource used to carry the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH transmitted for the first time in the SPS PDSCH, it can take into account the feedback of the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH transmitted for the first time.
结合上述第一方面和第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,该第一条件可以包括:第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈。In combination with the first aspect and the second aspect, in a possible design, the first condition may include: the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback.
基于该可能的设计,由于第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈,因此无需等待其他PDSCH的HARQ-ACK一起反馈,或者无需生成HARQ-ACK码本,从而可以降低PDSCH处理时间,使得PDSCH的最低处理时延可以降低,进而降低传输时延。Based on this possible design, since the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback, there is no need to wait for the HARQ-ACKs of other PDSCHs to be fed back together, or there is no need to generate HARQ-ACK codebooks, so that the PDSCH processing time can be reduced, and the PDSCH The minimum processing delay can be reduced, thereby reducing the transmission delay.
结合上述第一方面和第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,该第一条件可以包括:第一PUCCH资源关联的PUCCH格式为格式0或格式1。With reference to the first and second aspects described above, in a possible design, the first condition may include: the PUCCH format associated with the first PUCCH resource is format 0 or format 1.
基于该可能的设计,用于承载第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息的第一PUCCH资源关联的PUCCH格式为格式0或格式1时,可以理解为该第一PUCCH资源仅能承载第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息,或者可以理解为第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反 馈,从而能够降低PDSCH的处理时间,使得PDSCH的最低处理时延可以降低,进而降低传输时延。Based on this possible design, when the PUCCH format associated with the first PUCCH resource used to carry the HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH is format 0 or format 1, it can be understood that the first PUCCH resource can only carry the HARQ of the first PDSCH -ACK information, or it can be understood that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback, which can reduce the processing time of the PDSCH, so that the minimum processing delay of the PDSCH can be reduced, thereby reducing the transmission delay.
结合上述第一方面和第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,该第一条件可以包括:未配置PDSCH HARQ-ACK码本。With reference to the above-mentioned first aspect and second aspect, in a possible design, the first condition may include: the PDSCH HARQ-ACK codebook is not configured.
基于该可能的设计,由于网络设备未向终端设备配置PDSCH HARQ-ACK码本,因此终端设备进行PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈时,无需生成码本,从而降低PDSCH处理时间,使得PDSCH的最低处理时延可以降低,进而降低传输时延。Based on this possible design, since the network device does not configure the PDSCH HARQ-ACK codebook for the terminal device, when the terminal device performs the HARQ-ACK feedback of the PDSCH, it does not need to generate the codebook, thereby reducing the PDSCH processing time and making the PDSCH the lowest processing time The delay can be reduced, thereby reducing the transmission delay.
结合上述第一方面和第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,上述第一门限满足如下第一公式:Combining the foregoing first aspect and second aspect, in a possible design, the foregoing first threshold satisfies the following first formula:
T 1=(N 1+d 1,1)(2048+144)*k*T c*2 -μ1 T 1 =(N 1 +d 1,1 )(2048+144)*k*T c *2 -μ1
其中,T 1为第一门限,N 1为第一符号数目,d 1,1为第一附加值,k为第一通信系统的最小采样间隔与第二通信系统的最小采样间隔的比值,T c为第二通信系统的最小采样间隔,μ1为第一子载波间隔的编号,第一PDSCH在第二通信系统中传输,第一子载波间隔为第一PDSCH所使用的子载波间隔、调度第一PDSCH的PDCCH所使用的子载波间隔、第一PUCCH所使用的子载波间隔中最小的子载波间隔,或者,第一子载波间隔为第一PDSCH所使用的子载波间隔和第一PUCCH所使用的子载波间隔中最小的子载波间隔;第一数值对应的第一符号数目小于第二数值对应的第一符号数目,和/或,第一数值对应的第一附加值小于第二数值对应的第一附加值。 Among them, T 1 is the first threshold, N 1 is the number of first symbols, d 1,1 is the first additional value, k is the ratio of the minimum sampling interval of the first communication system to the minimum sampling interval of the second communication system, T c is the minimum sampling interval of the second communication system, μ1 is the number of the first subcarrier interval, the first PDSCH is transmitted in the second communication system, and the first subcarrier interval is the subcarrier interval used by the first PDSCH. The subcarrier interval used by the PDCCH of a PDSCH, the smallest subcarrier interval among the subcarrier intervals used by the first PUCCH, or the first subcarrier interval is the subcarrier interval used by the first PDSCH and the first PUCCH The smallest sub-carrier spacing in the sub-carrier spacing; the number of first symbols corresponding to the first value is less than the number of first symbols corresponding to the second value, and/or the first additional value corresponding to the first value is less than that corresponding to the second value The first additional value.
结合上述第一方面和第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,上述第二数值为第三代合作伙伴计划3GPP的版本15或版本16中规定的PDSCH最小处理时延。Combining the foregoing first aspect and second aspect, in a possible design, the foregoing second value is the PDSCH minimum processing delay specified in Release 15 or Release 16 of the 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种信息传输方法,该方法可以由终端设备执行,也可以由终端设备的部件,例如终端设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,本申请以终端设备执行该方法为例进行说明。该方法包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的调度信息,该调度信息用于调度第一物理上行共享信道PUSCH;终端设备发送该第一PUSCH,其中,该第一PUSCH的起始符号与该调度信息所在的物理下行控制信道PDCCH的结束符号之间的时间间隔大于或等于第二门限,该第二门限表示PUSCH最小发送准备时延,当满足第二条件时,该第二门限的取值为第三数值,当不满足该第二条件时,该第二门限的取值为第四数值,该第三数值小于该第四数值。In the third aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide an information transmission method. The method can be executed by a terminal device or a component of the terminal device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the terminal device. The device executes this method as an example for description. The method includes: a terminal device receives scheduling information from a network device, the scheduling information is used to schedule a first physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the terminal device sends the first PUSCH, wherein the start symbol of the first PUSCH and the scheduling information The time interval between the end symbols of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH is greater than or equal to the second threshold. The second threshold represents the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay. When the second condition is met, the second threshold takes the value of the first Three values, when the second condition is not met, the second threshold takes the fourth value, and the third value is smaller than the fourth value.
基于该方案,一方面,由于满足第二条件时,PUSCH最小发送准备时延减小,因此在第二条件下,网络设备调度的PUSCH与调度该PUSCH的调度信息所在的PDCCH之间的时间间隔可以减小,使得终端设备提前完成PUSCH发送准备时,可以更早地发送PUSCH,从而降低传输时延;另一方面,由于满足第二条件时,PUSCH发送准备流程简化了,从而可以缩短PUSCH发送准备时延,这种PUSCH发送准备时延的缩短无需额外提升芯片的处理能力,从而不会对芯片架构提出新的需求,易于产品实现。Based on this solution, on the one hand, since the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay is reduced when the second condition is met, under the second condition, the time interval between the PUSCH scheduled by the network device and the PDCCH where the scheduling information for scheduling the PUSCH is located It can be reduced, so that when the terminal device completes the PUSCH transmission preparation in advance, it can transmit the PUSCH earlier, thereby reducing the transmission delay; on the other hand, because the second condition is met, the PUSCH transmission preparation process is simplified, which can shorten the PUSCH transmission Preparation time delay. This shortening of PUSCH transmission preparation time delay does not require an additional increase in the processing capacity of the chip, which does not impose new requirements on the chip architecture and is easy to implement.
在一种可能的设计中,该信息传输方法还包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的指示信息,该指示信息指示第一PUSCH的冗余版本。In a possible design, the information transmission method further includes: the terminal device receives indication information from the network device, the indication information indicating the redundancy version of the first PUSCH.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种信息传输方法,该方法可以由网络设备执行,也可以由网络设备的部件,例如网络设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,本申请以网络设备执行该方法为例进行说明。该方法包括:网络设备向终端设备发送调度信息,该调度信息用于调度第一物理上行共享信道PUSCH,之后,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一PUSCH,其中,该第一PUSCH的起始符号与该调度信息所在的物理下行控制信道 PDCCH的结束符号之间的时间间隔大于或等于第二门限,该第二门限表示PUSCH最小发送准备时延,当满足第二条件时,该第二门限的取值为第三数值,当不满足该第二条件时,该第二门限的取值为第四数值,该第三数值小于该第四数值。其中,第四方面所带来的技术效果可参见上述第三方面所带来的技术效果。In the fourth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide an information transmission method. The method can be executed by a network device or a component of the network device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the network device. The device executes this method as an example for description. The method includes: a network device sends scheduling information to a terminal device, the scheduling information is used to schedule a first physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and then the network device receives a first PUSCH from the terminal device, wherein the start symbol of the first PUSCH The time interval between the end symbol of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH where the scheduling information is located is greater than or equal to the second threshold. The second threshold represents the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay. When the second condition is met, the second threshold The value is a third value. When the second condition is not met, the second threshold value is a fourth value, and the third value is smaller than the fourth value. Among them, the technical effects brought about by the fourth aspect can be referred to the technical effects brought about by the above-mentioned third aspect.
在一种可能的设计中,该信息传输方法还包括:网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息指示第一PUSCH的冗余版本。In a possible design, the information transmission method further includes: the network device sends instruction information to the terminal device, where the instruction information indicates the redundancy version of the first PUSCH.
结合上述第三方面和第四方面,在一种可能的设计中,该第二条件可以包括:第一PUSCH的传输块大小TBS为预设值。With reference to the third aspect and the fourth aspect, in a possible design, the second condition may include: the transport block size TBS of the first PUSCH is a preset value.
基于该可能的设计,由于终端设备可以提前进行MAC PDU组装,因此在收到调度信息后无需再次进行MAC PDU组装,从而可以降低PUSCH发送准备时间,使得PUSCH最小发送准备时延可以降低,进而可以更早发送PUSCH,降低传输时延。Based on this possible design, since the terminal device can perform MAC PDU assembly in advance, there is no need to perform MAC PDU assembly again after receiving the scheduling information, which can reduce the PUSCH transmission preparation time, so that the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay can be reduced, and thus Send PUSCH earlier to reduce transmission delay.
结合上述第三方面和第四方面,在一种可能的设计中,该第二条件还可以包括:第一PUSCH的混合自动重传请求HARQ进程为预设进程,上述预设值为使用该预设进程进行数据传输的TBS。In combination with the third aspect and the fourth aspect, in a possible design, the second condition may further include: the HARQ process of the first PUSCH hybrid automatic repeat request is a preset process, and the preset value is to use the preset process. Set the TBS of the process for data transmission.
基于该可能的设计,当第一PUSCH的HARQ进程为预设进程时,终端设备组装MAC PDU后可以将其保存到该预设进程的HARQ缓存中,以便后续进行编码调制。Based on this possible design, when the HARQ process of the first PUSCH is the preset process, the terminal device can save the MAC PDU to the HARQ buffer of the preset process after assembling the MAC PDU for subsequent coding and modulation.
结合上述第三方面和第四方面,在一种可能的设计中,该第二条件还可以包括:第一PUSCH的调制编码方案MCS为预设方案,或者,该第一PUSCH的调制编码方案MCS为预设方案且该第一PUSCH的冗余版本为预设版本。In combination with the third aspect and the fourth aspect, in a possible design, the second condition may further include: the modulation and coding scheme MCS of the first PUSCH is a preset scheme, or the modulation and coding scheme MCS of the first PUSCH It is a preset solution and the redundancy version of the first PUSCH is a preset version.
基于该可能的设计,终端设备在接收调度信息之前可以完成编码或完成编码及调制,可以进一步降低PUSCH发送准备时间,从而使得PUSCH最小发送准备时间可以降低,进而可以更早发送PUSCH,降低传输时延。Based on this possible design, the terminal device can complete coding or complete coding and modulation before receiving the scheduling information, which can further reduce the PUSCH transmission preparation time, so that the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation time can be reduced, and the PUSCH can be transmitted earlier, reducing the transmission time Extension.
结合上述第三方面和第四方面,在一种可能的设计中,该第二条件可以包括:第一PUSCH上发送的数据为第一上行数据的重传数据。With reference to the foregoing third aspect and fourth aspect, in a possible design, the second condition may include: the data sent on the first PUSCH is retransmitted data of the first uplink data.
基于该可能的设计,由于重传与初传传输相同的上行数据,即传输相同的MACPDU,且终端设备在初传第一上行数据时已经生成并保存MAC PDU,因此重传第一上行数据时,终端设备无需进行MAC PDU组包,从而降低PUSCH的发送准备时间,使得PUSCH最小发送准备时延可以降低,进而可以更早发送PUSCH,降低传输时延。Based on this possible design, since the retransmission and the initial transmission transmit the same uplink data, that is, the same MAC PDU is transmitted, and the terminal device has already generated and saved the MAC PDU when the first uplink data is initially transmitted, so when the first uplink data is retransmitted The terminal device does not need to perform MAC PDU grouping, thereby reducing the PUSCH transmission preparation time, so that the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay can be reduced, and the PUSCH can be transmitted earlier and the transmission delay can be reduced.
结合上述第三方面和第四方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一PUSCH所使用的MCS与该第一上行数据的初传所使用的MCS相同。In combination with the third aspect and the fourth aspect, in a possible design, the MCS used by the first PUSCH is the same as the MCS used for the initial transmission of the first uplink data.
基于该可能的设计,在第一PUSCH使用的MCS与第一上行数据的初传所使用的MCS相同的情况下,在重传第一上行数据时终端设备可以不需要再次进行编码调制,从而可以降低PUSCH发送准备时间,进而降低传输时延。Based on this possible design, when the MCS used by the first PUSCH is the same as the MCS used for the initial transmission of the first uplink data, the terminal device may not need to perform coding and modulation again when retransmitting the first uplink data, so that Reduce PUSCH transmission preparation time, thereby reducing transmission delay.
结合上述第三方面和第四方面,在一种可能的设计中,上述第二门限满足如下第二公式:Combining the foregoing third and fourth aspects, in a possible design, the foregoing second threshold satisfies the following second formula:
T 2=max((N 2+d 2,1)(2048+144)*k*T c*2 -μ2,d 2,2) T 2 =max((N 2 +d 2,1 )(2048+144)*k*T c *2 -μ2 ,d 2,2 )
其中,T 2为第二门限,N 2为第二符号数目,d 2,1为第二附加值,d 2,2为第三附加值,k为第一通信系统的最小采样间隔与第二通信系统的最小采样间隔的比值,T c为第二通信系统的最小采样间隔,μ2为第二子载波间隔的编号,第一PUSCH在第二通信系统中传输,第二子载波间隔为第一PUSCH所使用的子载波间隔和调度第一PUSCH的PDCCH所使用的子载波间隔中最小的子载波间隔;以下三个条件中至少有一个被满足:第三数值对应的第二符号 数目小于第四数值对应的第二符号数目;第三数值对应的第二附加值小于第四数值对应的第二附加值;和第三数值对应的第三附加值小于第四数值对应的第三附加值。 Among them, T 2 is the second threshold, N 2 is the number of second symbols, d 2,1 is the second additional value, d 2,2 is the third additional value, and k is the minimum sampling interval of the first communication system and the second The ratio of the minimum sampling interval of the communication system, T c is the minimum sampling interval of the second communication system, μ2 is the number of the second subcarrier interval, the first PUSCH is transmitted in the second communication system, and the second subcarrier interval is the first The smallest subcarrier spacing between the subcarrier spacing used by PUSCH and the subcarrier spacing used for scheduling the PDCCH of the first PUSCH; at least one of the following three conditions is met: the number of second symbols corresponding to the third value is less than the fourth value The number of second symbols corresponding to the numerical value; the second additional value corresponding to the third numerical value is less than the second additional value corresponding to the fourth numerical value; the third additional value corresponding to the third numerical value is less than the third additional value corresponding to the fourth numerical value.
结合上述第三方面和第四方面,在一种可能的设计中,第四数值为第三代合作伙伴计划3GPP的版本15或版本16中规定的PUSCH最小发送准备时延。In combination with the third aspect and the fourth aspect, in a possible design, the fourth value is the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay specified in Release 15 or Release 16 of the 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种信息传输方法,该方法可以由终端设备执行,也可以由终端设备的部件,例如终端设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,本申请以终端设备执行该方法为例进行说明。该方法包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的第三物理下行共享信道PDSCH,并确定第三物理上行共享信道PUSCH,该第三PUSCH与该第三PDSCH关联;之后,终端设备向网络设备发送第三PUSCH,其中,第三PUSCH的起始符号与第三PDSCH的结束符号之间的时间间隔大于或等于第三门限,第三门限表示从接收到PDSCH到发送与PDSCH关联的PUSCH的最小处理时延。In the fifth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide an information transmission method. The method can be executed by a terminal device or a component of the terminal device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the terminal device. The device executes this method as an example for description. The method includes: a terminal device receives a third physical downlink shared channel PDSCH from a network device, and determines a third physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and the third PUSCH is associated with the third PDSCH; after that, the terminal device sends a third physical downlink shared channel to the network device. PUSCH, where the time interval between the start symbol of the third PUSCH and the end symbol of the third PDSCH is greater than or equal to the third threshold, and the third threshold represents the minimum processing delay from receiving the PDSCH to sending the PUSCH associated with the PDSCH .
该方案中,提供了PDSCH与PUSCH关联传输时的最小处理时延,可以完善PDSCH与PUSCH关联传输的处理流程。In this solution, the minimum processing delay when PDSCH and PUSCH are associated with transmission is provided, and the processing flow of PDSCH and PUSCH associated transmission can be improved.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种信息传输方法,该方法可以由网络设备执行,也可以由网络设备的部件,例如网络设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,本申请以网络设备执行该方法为例进行说明。该方法包括:网络设备向终端设备发送第三PDSCH,并接收来自终端设备的第三PUSCH,该第三PUSCH与第三PDSCH关联。其中,第三PUSCH的起始符号与第三PDSCH的结束符号之间的时间间隔大于或等于第三门限,第三门限表示从接收到PDSCH到发送与PDSCH关联的PUSCH的最小处理时延。其中,第四方面所带来的技术效果可参见上述第三方面所带来的技术效果。In the sixth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide an information transmission method. The method can be executed by a network device or a component of the network device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the network device. The device executes this method as an example for description. The method includes: a network device sends a third PDSCH to a terminal device and receives a third PUSCH from the terminal device, where the third PUSCH is associated with the third PDSCH. Wherein, the time interval between the start symbol of the third PUSCH and the end symbol of the third PDSCH is greater than or equal to the third threshold, and the third threshold represents the minimum processing delay from receiving the PDSCH to sending the PUSCH associated with the PDSCH. Among them, the technical effects brought about by the fourth aspect can be referred to the technical effects brought about by the above-mentioned third aspect.
结合上述第五方面和第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,第三PUSCH与第三PDSCH关联,包括:该第三PDSCH和该第三PUSCH由第一下行控制信息DCI调度。With reference to the above fifth and sixth aspects, in a possible design, the third PUSCH is associated with the third PDSCH, including: the third PDSCH and the third PUSCH are scheduled by the first downlink control information DCI.
结合上述第五方面和第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一DCI包括该第三PDSCH的时域资源指示信息和该第三PUSCH的时域资源指示信息。With reference to the above fifth and sixth aspects, in a possible design, the first DCI includes time domain resource indication information of the third PDSCH and time domain resource indication information of the third PUSCH.
结合上述第五方面和第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一DCI包括该第三PDSCH的时域资源指示信息、偏移信息、以及位置指示信息,该偏移信息用于确定该第三PUSCH所在的时间单元,该位置指示信息指示该第三PUSCH在该时间单元中的位置。Combining the above fifth and sixth aspects, in a possible design, the first DCI includes time domain resource indication information, offset information, and position indication information of the third PDSCH, and the offset information is used to determine the The time unit where the third PUSCH is located, and the position indication information indicates the position of the third PUSCH in the time unit.
结合上述第五方面和第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,第三PUSCH与该第三PDSCH关联,包括:第三PUSCH是由该第三PDSCH调度的。With reference to the above fifth aspect and sixth aspect, in a possible design, the third PUSCH is associated with the third PDSCH, including: the third PUSCH is scheduled by the third PDSCH.
结合上述第五方面和第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,第三PDSCH包括该第三PUSCH的时域资源指示信息。With reference to the above fifth aspect and sixth aspect, in a possible design, the third PDSCH includes time domain resource indication information of the third PUSCH.
结合上述第五方面和第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,第三PUSCH与该第三PDSCH关联,包括:该第三PDSCH为半静态调度SPS PDSCH,该第三PUSCH为配置授权CG PUSCH,其中,该第三PUSCH为该第三PDSCH后的第一个CG PUSCH。Combining the above fifth and sixth aspects, in a possible design, the third PUSCH is associated with the third PDSCH, including: the third PDSCH is a semi-persistent scheduled SPS PDSCH, and the third PUSCH is a configuration authorization CG PUSCH , Where the third PUSCH is the first CG PUSCH after the third PDSCH.
结合上述第五方面和第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,该SPS PDSCH的周期与该CG PUSCH的周期相同。With reference to the fifth and sixth aspects described above, in a possible design, the period of the SPS PDSCH is the same as the period of the CG PUSCH.
结合上述第五方面和第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,该第三PUSCH与该第三PDSCH关联,还包括:当该第三PDSCH译码不成功时,不发送该第三PUSCH。With reference to the fifth aspect and the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the third PUSCH is associated with the third PDSCH, and further includes: when the third PDSCH is unsuccessfully decoded, the third PUSCH is not sent.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置用于实现上述各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面或第三方面或第五方面中的终端设备,或者包含上述终端设备的装置,或者上述终端设备中包含的装置;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面或第四方面或第六方面中 的网络设备,或者包含上述网络设备的装置,或者上述网络设备中包含的装置。所述通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided for implementing the above-mentioned various methods. The communication device may be the terminal device in the first aspect, the third aspect, or the fifth aspect, or the device including the terminal device, or the device included in the terminal device; or, the communication device may be the second aspect. Or the network equipment in the fourth aspect or the sixth aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned network equipment, or a device included in the above-mentioned network equipment. The communication device includes a module, unit, or means corresponding to the foregoing method, and the module, unit, or means can be realized by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
第八方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机可执行指令,当该处理器执行该指令时,以使该通信装置执行上述任一方面所述的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面或第三方面或第五方面中的终端设备,或者包含上述终端设备的装置,或者上述终端设备中包含的装置;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面或第四方面或第六方面中的网络设备,或者包含上述网络设备的装置,或者上述网络设备中包含的装置。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device can execute the communication device described in any of the above aspects. method. The communication device may be the terminal device in the first aspect, the third aspect, or the fifth aspect, or the device including the terminal device, or the device included in the terminal device; or, the communication device may be the second aspect. Or the network equipment in the fourth aspect or the sixth aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned network equipment, or a device included in the above-mentioned network equipment.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器;所述处理器用于与存储器耦合,并读取存储器中的指令之后,根据所述指令执行如上述任一方面所述的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面或第三方面或第五方面中的终端设备,或者包含上述终端设备的装置,或者上述终端设备中包含的装置;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面或第四方面或第六方面中的网络设备,或者包含上述网络设备的装置,或者上述网络设备中包含的装置。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processor; the processor is configured to couple with a memory, and after reading an instruction in the memory, execute the method according to any of the foregoing aspects according to the instruction. The communication device may be the terminal device in the first aspect, the third aspect, or the fifth aspect, or the device including the terminal device, or the device included in the terminal device; or, the communication device may be the second aspect. Or the network equipment in the fourth aspect or the sixth aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned network equipment, or a device included in the above-mentioned network equipment.
第十方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器和接口电路,该接口电路用于接收来自该通信装置之外的其他通信装置的信号并传输至该处理器或将来自该处理器的信号发送给该通信装置之外的其他通信装置,该处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现上述任一方面所述的方法。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit them to the processor or transfer signals from the processor The signal is sent to another communication device other than the communication device, and the processor is used to implement the method described in any one of the foregoing aspects through a logic circuit or an execution code instruction.
第十一方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当该计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时,使得该通信装置可以执行上述任一方面所述的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program or instruction. When the computer program or instruction is executed by a communication device, the communication device can execute any of the above The method described in the aspect.
第十二方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品中包括计算机程序代码,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述任一方面所述的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided. The computer program product includes computer program code, which when running on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method described in any of the above aspects.
第十三方面,提供了一种通信装置(例如,该通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统),该通信装置包括处理器,用于实现上述任一方面所涉及的功能。在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置还包括存储器,该存储器,用于保存必要的程序指令和数据。该通信装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication device (for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system) is provided. The communication device includes a processor for implementing the functions involved in any of the foregoing aspects. In a possible design, the communication device further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data. When the communication device is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
其中,第七方面至第十三方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面或第二方面或第三方面或第四方面或第五方面或第六方面中不同设计方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Among them, the technical effects brought by any one of the seventh aspect to the thirteenth aspect can be seen in the above-mentioned first aspect, second aspect, third aspect, fourth aspect, fifth aspect, or sixth aspect. The technical effect brought by the design method will not be repeated here.
第十四方面,提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上述第一方面或第三方面或第五方面所述的终端设备和上述第二方面或第四方面或第六方面所述的网络设备。In a fourteenth aspect, a communication system is provided, which includes the terminal device according to the first or third aspect or the fifth aspect and the network device according to the second or fourth aspect or the sixth aspect. .
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of the application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备和网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device and a network device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的另一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种信息传输方法的流程示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of an information transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种PDSCH的位置示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the location of a PDSCH provided by an embodiment of the application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的另一种信息传输方法的流程示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another information transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的又一种信息传输方法的流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of yet another information transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提到的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device mentioned in an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了方便理解本申请实施例的技术方案,首先给出本申请相关技术或名词的简要介绍如下。In order to facilitate the understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, first, a brief introduction of related technologies or terms in the present application is given as follows.
第一、HARQ机制:First, the HARQ mechanism:
HARQ机制是媒体接入控制(mediumaccess control,MAC)层的重传机制,其在发送端和接收端都存在。其中,发送端的HARQ操作包括生成并发送传输块(transport block,TB)、接收并处理混合自动重传请求确认(hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgement,HARQ-ACK)信息等。HARQ-ACK信息包括肯定应答(acknowledgement,ACK)或否定应答(negative acknowledgement,NACK)。The HARQ mechanism is a retransmission mechanism of the medium access control (MAC) layer, and it exists at both the sending end and the receiving end. The HARQ operation of the sender includes generating and sending a transport block (TB), receiving and processing hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) information, and so on. The HARQ-ACK information includes an acknowledgement (acknowledgement, ACK) or a negative acknowledgement (negative acknowledgement, NACK).
接收端的HARQ操作包括接收TB、对接收到的初传数据和HARQ重传数据进行HARQ合并处理、生成并反馈ACK/NACK等。接收端收到发送端发送的一个TB后,对其进行循环冗余校验(cyclicredundancy check,CRC),如果CRC校验成功,向发送端反馈ACK;如果CRC校验失败,则反馈NACK。若发送端接收到ACK,则进行新传;若发送端接收到NACK,则进行重传。The HARQ operation of the receiving end includes receiving TB, performing HARQ combining processing on the received initial transmission data and HARQ retransmission data, generating and feeding back ACK/NACK, and so on. After receiving a TB sent by the sending end, the receiving end performs a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) on it, and if the CRC check succeeds, it feeds back an ACK to the sending end; if the CRC check fails, it feeds back a NACK. If the sender receives an ACK, it will perform a new transmission; if the sender receives a NACK, it will retransmit.
第二、物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)最小处理时延:Second, the minimum processing delay of physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH):
PDSCH最小处理时延:指PDSCH的结束时刻与第一时刻之间的最小时延,其中,第一时刻为终端设备发送该PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息的时刻。PDSCH minimum processing time delay: refers to the minimum time delay between the end time of the PDSCH and the first time, where the first time is the time when the terminal device sends the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH.
第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)的版本(release,R)15或版本16中规定:PDSCH最小处理时延满足如下公式A:The third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) version (release, R) 15 or version 16 stipulates that the minimum processing delay of PDSCH satisfies the following formula A:
T proc,1=(N 1+d 1,1)(2048+144)*k*T c*2 T proc,1 =(N 1 +d 1,1 )(2048+144)*k*T c *2
其中,T proc,1为PDSCH最小处理时延,N 1为第一符号数目,其取值可以与终端处理能力、子载波间隔、以及是否包括附加的(additional)解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)相关。示例性的,在3GPP R15/R16中,N 1的取值可以如下表1所示。 Among them, T proc,1 is the minimum processing delay of PDSCH, N 1 is the number of first symbols, and its value can be related to terminal processing capability, subcarrier spacing, and whether additional demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal) is included. , DMRS) related. Exemplarily, in 3GPP R15/R16, the value of N 1 may be as shown in Table 1 below.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2021083605-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021083605-appb-000001
其中,N 1,0为预设值,在不同情况下可以有不同取值;9(频段1)表示在频段1中N 1的取值为9,在频段2中N 1无取值;/表示N 1无取值。 Among them, N 1,0 is the preset value, which can have different values in different situations; 9 (band 1) means that the value of N 1 in frequency band 1 is 9, and N 1 has no value in frequency band 2; Indicates that N 1 has no value.
d 1,1为第一附加值,其取值可以与PDSCH映射类型(mapping type)、PDSCH的时域长度、或调度PDSCH的物理下行控制信道(physical downlinkcontrolchannel,PDCCH)与该PDSCH的重叠的符号数目等相关。 d 1,1 is the first additional value, and its value can be the same as the PDSCH mapping type (mapping type), the time domain length of the PDSCH, or the overlapping symbol of the physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH) for scheduling the PDSCH and the PDSCH The number is related.
k为第一通信系统的最小采样间隔与第二通信系统的最小采样间隔的比值。其中,第一通信系统的最大子载波间隔为15千赫兹(kilohertz,kHz),且最大子载波数目为2048,示例性的,第一通信系统例如可以为长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统;第二通信系统的最大子载波间隔大于第一通信系统的最大子载波间隔,且第二通信系统的最大子载波数目大于第一通信系统的最大子载波数目,示例性的,第二通信系统的最大子载波间隔可以为480kHz,最大子载波数目可以为4096,第二通信系统例如可以为新无线(new radio,NR)系统,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。其中,上述PDSCH在第二通信系统中传输。k is the ratio of the minimum sampling interval of the first communication system to the minimum sampling interval of the second communication system. Wherein, the maximum subcarrier spacing of the first communication system is 15 kilohertz (kilohertz, kHz), and the maximum number of subcarriers is 2048. Illustratively, the first communication system may be a long term evolution (LTE) system, for example. ; The maximum subcarrier interval of the second communication system is greater than the maximum subcarrier interval of the first communication system, and the maximum number of subcarriers of the second communication system is greater than the maximum number of subcarriers of the first communication system, exemplary, the second communication system The maximum sub-carrier spacing of may be 480 kHz, the maximum number of sub-carriers may be 4096, and the second communication system may be, for example, a new radio (NR) system, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application. Wherein, the above-mentioned PDSCH is transmitted in the second communication system.
T c为第二通信系统的最小采样间隔,由第二通信系统的最大子载波间隔和最大子载波数目确定,即T c=1/(Δf max*N f),其中,Δf max为第二通信系统的最大子载波间隔,N f为第二通信系统的最大子载波数目。 T c is the minimum sampling interval of the second communication system, which is determined by the maximum sub-carrier interval and the maximum number of sub-carriers of the second communication system, that is, T c = 1/(Δf max *N f ), where Δf max is the second The maximum sub-carrier spacing of the communication system, and N f is the maximum number of sub-carriers of the second communication system.
μ为子载波间隔的编号,子载波间隔的编号对应的子载波间隔可以如下表2所示。在PDSCH最小处理时延中,μ为调度PDSCH的PDCCH所使用的子载波间隔、PDSCH所使用的子载波间隔、承载HARQ-ACK信息的物理上行控制信道(physical uplinkcontrolchannel,PUCCH)所使用的子载波间隔中最小的子载波间隔的编号。μ is the number of the sub-carrier interval, and the sub-carrier interval corresponding to the number of the sub-carrier interval can be shown in Table 2 below. In the PDSCH minimum processing delay, μ is the subcarrier interval used by the PDCCH for scheduling PDSCH, the subcarrier interval used by PDSCH, and the subcarrier used by the physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) that carries HARQ-ACK information The number of the smallest subcarrier interval in the interval.
表2Table 2
子载波间隔编号Subcarrier interval number 子载波间隔Subcarrier spacing
00 15kHz15kHz
11 30kHz30kHz
22 60kHz60kHz
33 120kHz120kHz
44 240kHz240kHz
有关上述公式A中相关参数的具体描述可以参考3GPP技术规范(technical specification,TS)38.214 V16.0.0中的5.3节和3GPP TS38.211 V16.0.0中的4.1节的相关描述。For the specific description of the relevant parameters in the above formula A, please refer to the relevant descriptions in 3GPP technical specification (technical specification, TS) 38.214 V16.0.0 section 5.3 and 3GPP TS 38.211 V16.0.0 section 4.1.
上述3GPP R15/R16规定的PDSCH最小处理时延考虑了如下四个环节的时延,或者说,PDSCH处理过程包括如下四个环节:The PDSCH minimum processing delay specified by 3GPP R15/R16 takes into account the delays of the following four links, or in other words, the PDSCH processing process includes the following four links:
环节一:PDCCH盲检,包括在可能的PDCCH位置进行:PDCCH接收、PDCCH中的下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)译码、或循环冗余校验等。Link 1: PDCCH blind detection, including PDCCH reception at possible PDCCH positions: PDCCH reception, downlink control information (DCI) decoding in PDCCH, or cyclic redundancy check, etc.
环节二:PDSCH的接收,包括射频接收、解调、或译码等。Part 2: PDSCH reception, including radio frequency reception, demodulation, or decoding, etc.
环节三:HARQ-ACK码本(codebook)的生成。Link 3: HARQ-ACK codebook (codebook) generation.
环节四:HARQ-ACK码本的发送准备,包括编码、调制、以及资源映射等。Step 4: Preparation for HARQ-ACK codebook transmission, including coding, modulation, and resource mapping.
第三、物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)最小发送准备时延:Third, the minimum transmission preparation delay of the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH):
PUSCH最小发送准备时延:指调度PUSCH的信息所在的PDCCH的结束时刻与第二时刻之间的最小时延,其中,第二时刻为发送该PUSCH的起始时刻,或者说,第二时刻为该PUSCH的开始时刻。PUSCH minimum transmission preparation delay: refers to the minimum delay between the end time of the PDCCH where the PUSCH information is scheduled and the second time, where the second time is the start time of sending the PUSCH, or in other words, the second time is The start time of this PUSCH.
3GPP R15/R16中规定,PUSCH最小发送准备时延满足如下公式B:According to 3GPP R15/R16, the minimum transmission preparation delay of PUSCH satisfies the following formula B:
T proc,2=max((N 2+d 2,1)(2048+144)*k*T c*2 ,d 2,2) T proc,2 =max((N 2 +d 2,1 )(2048+144)*k*T c *2 ,d 2,2 )
T proc,2为PUSCH最小处理时延,N 2为第二符号数目,其取值可以与终端处理能力以及 子载波间隔相关。示例性的,在3GPP R15/R16中,N 2的取值可以如下表3所示。 T proc,2 is the minimum processing delay of PUSCH, and N 2 is the number of second symbols, and its value can be related to terminal processing capability and subcarrier spacing. Exemplarily, in 3GPP R15/R16, the value of N 2 may be as shown in Table 3 below.
表3table 3
子载波间隔编号Subcarrier interval number 终端处理能力#1Terminal processing capability #1 终端处理能力#2Terminal processing capability #2
00 1010 55
11 1212 5.55.5
22 23twenty three 11(频段1)11 (band 1)
33 3636 //
其中,11(频段1)表示在频段1中N 2的取值为11,在频段2中N 2无取值;/表示N 2无取值。 Among them, 11 (frequency band 1) means that the value of N 2 in frequency band 1 is 11, and that N 2 has no value in frequency band 2; / means that N 2 has no value.
k与T c的含义可参见PDSCH最小处理时延中的相关说明,PUSCH在第二通信系统中传输,在此不再赘述。 For the meaning of k and T c , please refer to the relevant description in the PDSCH minimum processing delay. The PUSCH is transmitted in the second communication system and will not be repeated here.
d 2,1为第二附加值,其取值与PUSCH的第一个符号是否只包含DMRS相关,当PUSCH的第一个符号只包括DMRS时,其取值为0;当PUSCH的第一个符号不只包括DMRS时,其取值为1。 d 2,1 is the second additional value, its value is related to whether the first symbol of PUSCH only contains DMRS, when the first symbol of PUSCH only includes DMRS, its value is 0; when the first symbol of PUSCH When the symbol does not only include DMRS, its value is 1.
d 2,1为第三附加值,表示带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP)切换时延。 d 2,1 is the third additional value, which represents the switching delay of the bandwidth part (BWP).
μ为子载波间隔的编号,子载波间隔的编号对应的子载波间隔可以如上表2所示。在PUSCH最小发送准备时延中,μ为调度PUSCH的PDCCH所使用的子载波间隔与该PUSCH所使用的子载波间隔中最小的子载波间隔的编号。μ is the number of the sub-carrier interval, and the sub-carrier interval corresponding to the number of the sub-carrier interval can be as shown in Table 2 above. In the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay, μ is the number of the smallest subcarrier interval between the subcarrier interval used by the PDCCH for scheduling the PUSCH and the subcarrier interval used by the PUSCH.
有关上述公式B中相关参数的具体描述可以参考3GPP技术规范(technical specification,TS)38.214 V16.0.0中的6.4节和3GPP TS38.211 V16.0.0中的4.1节的相关描述。For the specific description of the relevant parameters in the above formula B, please refer to the relevant descriptions in 3GPP technical specification (technical specification, TS) 38.214 V16.0.0 section 6.4 and 3GPP TS 38.211 V16.0.0 section 4.1.
上述3GPP R15/R16规定的PUSCH最小处理时延考虑了如下三个环节的时延,或者说,PUSCH发送准备包括如下三个环节:The above-mentioned minimum processing delay of PUSCH specified by 3GPP R15/R16 considers the delays of the following three links, or in other words, PUSCH transmission preparation includes the following three links:
环节一:PDCCH盲检,包括在可能的PDCCH位置进行:PDCCH接收、PDCCH中的DCI译码、或循环冗余校验等。Link 1: PDCCH blind detection, including PDCCH reception at possible PDCCH positions: PDCCH reception, DCI decoding in PDCCH, or cyclic redundancy check, etc.
环节二:MAC层的协议数据单元(protocoldata unit,PDU)组包。Link 2: MAC layer protocol data unit (protocoldata unit, PDU) grouping.
环节三:物理层的PUSCH发送准备,包括编码、调制、或资源映射等。Link 3: PUSCH transmission preparation at the physical layer, including coding, modulation, or resource mapping, etc.
第四、半静态调度(semi-persistent scheduling,SPS)PDSCH:Fourth, semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) PDSCH:
SPS PDSCH指网络设备通过SPS PDSCH配置信息为终端设备配置的PDSCH。其中,SPS PDSCH配置信息可以指示SPS PDSCH的周期、HARQ进程数目等信息。SPS PDSCH refers to the PDSCH configured by network equipment for terminal equipment through SPS PDSCH configuration information. Among them, the SPS PDSCH configuration information may indicate information such as the period of the SPS PDSCH and the number of HARQ processes.
网络设备向终端设备配置SPS PDSCH后,可以通过DCI激活该配置。该DCI指示SPS PDSCH中首次传输的PDSCH的时域位置,即SPS PDSCH中首次传输的PDSCH通过DCI调度,后续的SPS PDSCH传输根据SPS PDSCH的首次传输的时域位置和高层配置的周期确定。此外,SPS PDSCH的一次发送对应一个发送时机,该发送时机可以称为SPS PDSCH时机(occasion)。After the network device configures the SPS PDSCH to the terminal device, the configuration can be activated through DCI. The DCI indicates the time domain position of the PDSCH transmitted for the first time in the SPS PDSCH, that is, the PDSCH transmitted for the first time in the SPS PDSCH is scheduled by the DCI, and subsequent SPS PDSCH transmissions are determined according to the time domain position of the first transmission of the SPS PDSCH and the period configured by higher layers. In addition, one transmission of SPS PDSCH corresponds to one transmission occasion, and this transmission occasion may be referred to as an SPS PDSCH occasion (occasion).
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,物理信道的时域位置是指该物理信道所在的时间单元,或者指该物理信道所在的时间单元以及在该时间单元中的符号位置。这里的物理信道可以是PUSCH、PDSCH、PUCCH或PDCCH。可以理解的是,在本申请实施例中,PUSCH、PDSCH、PUCCH和PDCCH是分别作为上行数据信道、下行数据信道、上行控制信道和下行控制信道的具体举例,在不同的通信系统中这些信道可能有不同的名称, 本申请对此不作限定。It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, the time domain position of the physical channel refers to the time unit where the physical channel is located, or refers to the time unit where the physical channel is located and the symbol position in the time unit. The physical channel here can be PUSCH, PDSCH, PUCCH or PDCCH. It can be understood that in the embodiments of this application, PUSCH, PDSCH, PUCCH, and PDCCH are specific examples of uplink data channel, downlink data channel, uplink control channel, and downlink control channel, respectively. These channels may be used in different communication systems. There are different names, which are not limited in this application.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中的时间单元可以为子时隙、时隙、子帧、帧等,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定;本申请实施例中的符号可以指正交频分(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号。It should be noted that the time unit in the embodiment of the present application may be a sub-slot, a time slot, a sub-frame, a frame, etc., which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application; the symbol in the embodiment of the present application may refer to an orthogonal frequency. Division (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM) symbols.
第五、配置授权(configured grant,CG)PUSCH:Fifth, configure authorization (configured grant, CG) PUSCH:
CG PUSCH是指网络设备通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令中的配置授权配置(ConfiguredGrantConfig)信元为终端设备配置的PUSCH。CG PUSCH周期性发送,一次发送对应一个发送时机,该发送时机可以称为CG PUSCH时机(occasion)。The CG PUSCH refers to a PUSCH configured by a network device for a terminal device through a configured grant configuration (ConfiguredGrantConfig) cell in a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling. The CG PUSCH is sent periodically, and one sending corresponds to one sending occasion, and this sending occasion may be referred to as a CG PUSCH occasion (occasion).
CG PUSCH存在两种类型的配置授权:There are two types of configuration authorization for CG PUSCH:
配置授权类型1(Configured grant Type1):ConfiguredGrantConfig信元中配置CG PUSCH的周期、首次传输偏移、CG PUSCH在时间单元内占用的符号等与CG PUSCH相关的全部参数。终端设备可以通过周期、首次传输偏移值以及CG PUSCH在时间单元内占用的符号等时域参数确定CG PUSCH的时域位置。该类型的CG通过RRC信令配置后即生效,不需要通过DCI激活,也无需通过DCI去激活。Configured grant type 1 (Configured grant Type1): Configured CG PUSCH cycle, first transmission offset, symbols occupied by CG PUSCH in the time unit and all parameters related to CG PUSCH in the ConfiguredGrantConfig cell. The terminal device can determine the time domain position of the CG PUSCH through time domain parameters such as the period, the first transmission offset value, and the symbols occupied by the CG PUSCH in the time unit. This type of CG takes effect after it is configured through RRC signaling, and does not need to be activated through DCI, nor does it need to be deactivated through DCI.
配置授权类型2(Configured grant Type2):ConfiguredGrantConfig信元中配置CG PUSCH的周期、HARQ进程的数量等与CG PUSCH相关的部分参数。该类型的CG通过RRC信令配置后还需要通过DCI激活才能生效,并且可以通过DCI去激活。网络设备通过DCI向终端设备指示CG PUSCH中首次传输的PUSCH的时域位置。终端设备可以通过CG PUSCH的周期、首次传输的PUSCH的时域位置确定CG PUSCH中非首次传输的PUSCH的时域位置。Configured grant type 2 (Configured grant Type 2): The period of configuring CG PUSCH, the number of HARQ processes and other parameters related to CG PUSCH in the ConfiguredGrantConfig cell. After this type of CG is configured through RRC signaling, it needs to be activated through DCI to take effect, and can be deactivated through DCI. The network device indicates to the terminal device the time domain position of the PUSCH transmitted for the first time in the CG PUSCH through the DCI. The terminal device may determine the time domain position of the PUSCH that is not transmitted for the first time in the CG PUSCH through the period of the CG PUSCH and the time domain position of the PUSCH transmitted for the first time.
第六、PDCCH监测时机(PDCCHmonitoring occasion)配置:Sixth, PDCCH monitoring occasion (PDCCH monitoring occasion) configuration:
PDCCH监测时机配置用于向终端设备配置监测PDCCH的时机,该配置中可以包括监测周期、周期内需要监测的时间单元、以及该时间单元对应的监测时机模式(pattern),该监测时机模式为长度为N的比特序列,分别对应该时间单元包括的N个符号。当某个比特的取值为“0”时,表示该比特对应的符号内终端设备无需监测PDCCH,相应的,网络设备在该符号内不向该终端设备发送PDCCH;当该比特的取值为“1”时,表示该比特对应的符号内需要监测PDCCH,相应的,网络设备可能在该符号内向终端设备发送PDCCH。The PDCCH monitoring timing configuration is used to configure the terminal equipment to monitor the PDCCH timing. The configuration can include the monitoring period, the time unit that needs to be monitored in the period, and the monitoring timing pattern corresponding to the time unit. The monitoring timing pattern is length It is an N bit sequence corresponding to the N symbols included in the time unit. When the value of a bit is "0", it means that the terminal device in the symbol corresponding to the bit does not need to monitor the PDCCH. Accordingly, the network device does not send the PDCCH to the terminal device in the symbol; when the value of the bit is When "1", it means that the PDCCH needs to be monitored in the symbol corresponding to the bit. Accordingly, the network device may send the PDCCH to the terminal device within the symbol.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统。例如该通信系统可以为第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统中的NR系统、无线保真(wireless-fidelity,WiFi)系统,第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)相关的通信系统以及未来演进的通信系统等,不予限制。术语“系统”可以和“网络”相互替换。5G通信系统是正在研究当中的下一代通信系统。其中,5G通信系统包括非独立组网(non-standalone,NSA)的5G移动通信系统,独立组网(standalone,SA)的5G移动通信系统。上述适用本申请的通信系统仅是举例说明,适用本申请的通信系统不限于此。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems. For example, the communication system may be the NR system in the 5th generation (5G) mobile communication system, the wireless-fidelity (WiFi) system, and the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) related The communication system and the future evolution of the communication system, etc., are not restricted. The term "system" can be used interchangeably with "network". The 5G communication system is a next-generation communication system under study. Among them, 5G communication systems include non-standalone (NSA) 5G mobile communication systems and standalone (SA) 5G mobile communication systems. The above-mentioned communication system to which this application is applied is only an example, and the communication system to which this application is applied is not limited to this.
此外,本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。In addition, the network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are intended to illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that With the evolution of the network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
如图1所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统10。该通信系统10包括至少一个网络设备30,以及与该网络设备30连接的一个或多个终端设备40。可选的,不同的终端设备40之间可以相互通信。As shown in FIG. 1, a communication system 10 provided by an embodiment of this application. The communication system 10 includes at least one network device 30 and one or more terminal devices 40 connected to the network device 30. Optionally, different terminal devices 40 can communicate with each other.
以图1所示的网络设备30与任一终端设备40通信为例,本申请实施例中,网络设备向终端设备发送第一PDSCH和第一信息,该第一信息指示第一PUCCH资源;终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一PDSCH和第一信息后,在第一PUCCH资源上向网络设备发送第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息,其中,该第一PDSCH的结束符号与该第一PUCCH资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔大于或等于第一门限,该第一门限表示PDSCH最小处理时延,当满足第一条件时,第一门限的取值为第一数值,当不满足该第一条件时,第一门限的取值为第二数值,第一数值小于第二数值。Taking the communication between the network device 30 shown in FIG. 1 and any terminal device 40 as an example, in the embodiment of the present application, the network device sends the first PDSCH and first information to the terminal device, and the first information indicates the first PUCCH resource; the terminal After the device receives the first PDSCH and the first information from the network device, it sends the HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH to the network device on the first PUCCH resource, where the end symbol of the first PDSCH and the first PUCCH resource The time interval between the start symbols is greater than or equal to the first threshold, which represents the minimum PDSCH processing delay. When the first condition is met, the value of the first threshold is the first value. When the first threshold is not met, When conditions are met, the value of the first threshold is the second value, and the first value is less than the second value.
基于该方案,由于满足第一条件时,PDSCH最小处理时延减小,因此在第一条件下,网络设备调度的第一PUCCH资源与第一PDSCH之间的时间间隔可以减小,在终端设备提前处理完PDSCH时,可以在第一PUCCH资源上发送HARQ-ACK信息,无需从PDSCH的结束符号开始之后的第二数值后再发送HARQ-ACK信息,从而可以加快HARQ-ACK反馈,降低传输时延;另一方面,由于满足第一条件时,PDSCH处理流程简化了,从而可以缩短HARQ-ACK反馈时延,这种HARQ-ACK反馈时延的缩短无需额外提升芯片的处理能力,从而不会对芯片架构提出新的需求,易于产品实现。Based on this solution, the minimum PDSCH processing delay is reduced when the first condition is met. Therefore, under the first condition, the time interval between the first PUCCH resource scheduled by the network device and the first PDSCH can be reduced. When the PDSCH is processed in advance, HARQ-ACK information can be sent on the first PUCCH resource. It is not necessary to send HARQ-ACK information after the second value after the end symbol of the PDSCH starts, thereby speeding up HARQ-ACK feedback and reducing transmission time. On the other hand, when the first condition is met, the PDSCH processing flow is simplified, which can shorten the HARQ-ACK feedback delay. This shortening of the HARQ-ACK feedback delay does not require an additional increase in the processing capacity of the chip, which will not Put forward new requirements for the chip architecture, which is easy for product realization.
可选的,本申请实施例中的网络设备30是一种将终端设备40接入无线网络的设备,包括但不限于:LTE中的演进型基站(evolved Node B,eNodeB),NR中的基站(gNodeB或gNB)或收发点(transmission reception point,TRP),3GPP后续演进的基站,WiFi系统中的接入节点,无线中继节点,无线回传节点等。基站可以是:宏基站,微基站,微微基站,小站,中继站,或,气球站等。多个基站可以支持上述提及的同一种技术的网络,也可以支持上述提及的不同技术的网络。基站可以包含一个或多个共站或非共站的TRP。网络设备还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器、集中式单元(centralized unit,CU),和/或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)。以下以网络设备为基站为例进行说明。基站可以与终端进行通信,也可以通过中继站与终端进行通信。终端可以与不同技术的多个基站进行通信,例如,终端可以与支持LTE网络的基站通信,也可以与支持5G网络的基站通信,还可以支持与LTE网络的基站以及5G网络的基站的双连接。Optionally, the network device 30 in the embodiment of the present application is a device that connects the terminal device 40 to the wireless network, including but not limited to: evolved Node B (eNodeB) in LTE, and base station in NR (gNodeB or gNB) or transceiver point (transmission reception point, TRP), the base station of the subsequent evolution of 3GPP, the access node in the WiFi system, the wireless relay node, the wireless backhaul node, etc. The base station can be: a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a small station, a relay station, or a balloon station, etc. Multiple base stations can support networks of the same technology mentioned above, or networks of different technologies mentioned above. The base station can contain one or more co-site or non-co-site TRPs. The network device may also be a wireless controller, a centralized unit (CU), and/or a distributed unit (DU) in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario. The following description takes the network device as a base station as an example. The base station can communicate with the terminal, and it can also communicate with the terminal through a relay station. The terminal can communicate with multiple base stations of different technologies. For example, the terminal can communicate with a base station that supports an LTE network, can also communicate with a base station that supports a 5G network, and can also support dual connections with a base station of an LTE network and a base station of a 5G network. .
可选的,本申请实施例中的终端设备40是一种具有收发功能的设备,可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和人造卫星上等)。所述终端设备40可以是手机、平板电脑、带无线收发功能的电脑、物联网系统中的终端设备,例如,虚拟现实终端设备、增强现实终端设备、工业控制中的终端设备、无人驾驶中的终端设备、辅助驾驶中的终端设备、远程医疗中的终端设备、智能电网中的终端设备、运输安全中的终端设备、智慧城市中的终端设备、智慧家庭中的终端设备等等。所述终端设备40还可以是作为一个或多个部件或者单元而内置于车辆的车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元,车辆通过内置的所述车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元可以实施本申请的方法。本申请的实施例对应用场景不做限定。终端设备有时也可以称为终端、用户设备(user equipment,UE)。终端可以是固定的,也可以是移动的。Optionally, the terminal device 40 in the embodiment of the present application is a device with a transceiver function, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable, or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on the water surface (such as ships, etc.) ; Can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc.). The terminal device 40 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a computer with wireless transceiving function, a terminal device in an Internet of Things system, for example, a virtual reality terminal device, an augmented reality terminal device, a terminal device in industrial control, and an unmanned driving device. Terminal equipment in the field, terminal equipment in assisted driving, terminal equipment in telemedicine, terminal equipment in smart grid, terminal equipment in transportation safety, terminal equipment in smart city, terminal equipment in smart home, etc. The terminal device 40 may also be an in-vehicle module, an in-vehicle module, an in-vehicle component, an in-vehicle chip, or an in-vehicle unit built into the vehicle as one or more components or units. An on-board component, on-board chip, or on-board unit can implement the method of the present application. The embodiments of this application do not limit the application scenarios. Terminal equipment may also be called terminal or user equipment (UE) sometimes. The terminal can be fixed or mobile.
本申请实施例中的网络设备30与终端设备40也可以称之为通信装置,其可以是一 个通用设备或者是一个专用设备。The network device 30 and the terminal device 40 in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a communication device, which may be a general-purpose device or a special-purpose device.
图2为本申请实施例提供的网络设备30和终端设备40的结构示意图。其中,终端设备40包括至少一个处理器和至少一个收发器,图2中示例性的以包括一个处理器401和一个收发器403为例进行说明。终端设备40还可以包括至少一个存储器、至少一个输出设备和至少一个输入设备,图2中示例性的以包括一个存储器402、一个输出设备404和一个输入设备405为例进行说明。FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 30 and a terminal device 40 provided by an embodiment of the application. Wherein, the terminal device 40 includes at least one processor and at least one transceiver. FIG. 2 exemplarily includes one processor 401 and one transceiver 403 for illustration. The terminal device 40 may further include at least one memory, at least one output device, and at least one input device. In FIG. 2, it is exemplarily described by including a memory 402, an output device 404, and an input device 405.
处理器401、存储器402和收发器403通过通信线路相连接。通信线路可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息。The processor 401, the memory 402, and the transceiver 403 are connected through a communication line. The communication line may include a path to transmit information between the above-mentioned components.
处理器401可以是通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、微处理器、专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或者一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器401也可以包括多个CPU,并且处理器401可以是单核处理器或多核处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路或用于处理数据的处理核。The processor 401 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of this application . In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 401 may also include multiple CPUs, and the processor 401 may be a single-core processor or a multi-core processor. The processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, or processing cores for processing data.
存储器402可以是具有存储功能的装置。例如可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储计算机可执行指令并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器402可以是独立存在,通过通信线路与处理器401相连接。存储器402也可以和处理器401集成在一起。The memory 402 may be a device having a storage function. For example, it can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), or other types that can store information and instructions. Dynamic storage devices, which can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM), or other optical disk storage or disk storage media Or other magnetic storage devices, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store computer-executable instructions and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited to this. The memory 402 may exist independently, and is connected to the processor 401 through a communication line. The memory 402 may also be integrated with the processor 401.
其中,存储器402用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机可执行指令,并由处理器401来控制执行。具体的,处理器401用于执行存储器402中存储的计算机可执行指令,从而实现本申请实施例中所述的信息传输方法。本申请实施例中的计算机可执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码或者计算机程序代码。The memory 402 is used to store computer-executable instructions for executing the solutions of the present application, and the processor 401 controls the execution. Specifically, the processor 401 is configured to execute computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 402, so as to implement the information transmission method described in the embodiment of the present application. The computer executable instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program code or computer program code.
收发器403可以用于与其他装置、设备或通信网络进行通信。收发器403可以包括发射机(transmitter,Tx)和接收机(receiver,Rx)。The transceiver 403 may be used to communicate with other devices, equipment or communication networks. The transceiver 403 may include a transmitter (transmitter, Tx) and a receiver (receiver, Rx).
输出设备404和处理器401通信,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备404可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二级管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。The output device 404 communicates with the processor 401, and can display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device 404 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector (projector) Wait.
输入设备405和处理器401通信,可以以多种方式接受用户的输入。例如,输入设备405可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。The input device 405 communicates with the processor 401, and can accept user input in a variety of ways. For example, the input device 405 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensor device.
网络设备30包括至少一个处理器、至少一个收发器和至少一个网络接口,图2中示例性的以包括一个处理器301、一个收发器303和一个网络接口304为例进行说明。可选的,网络设备30还可以包括至少一个存储器,图2中示例性的以包括一个存储器302为例进行说明。其中,处理器301、存储器302、收发器303和网络接口304通过通信线路相连接。网络接口304用于通过链路(例如S1接口)与核心网设备连接,或者通过有线或无线链路(例如X2接口)与其它网络设备的网络接口进行连接(图2中未示出),本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。另外,处理器301、存储器302和收发器303的相关描述可参考终端设备40中处理器401、存储器402和收发器403的描述。The network device 30 includes at least one processor, at least one transceiver, and at least one network interface. FIG. 2 exemplarily includes a processor 301, a transceiver 303, and a network interface 304 for illustration. Optionally, the network device 30 may further include at least one memory. In FIG. 2, including a memory 302 is taken as an example for description. Among them, the processor 301, the memory 302, the transceiver 303, and the network interface 304 are connected through a communication line. The network interface 304 is used to connect to the core network device through a link (for example, the S1 interface), or to connect with the network interface of other network devices (not shown in FIG. 2) through a wired or wireless link (for example, the X2 interface). The application embodiment does not specifically limit this. In addition, for related descriptions of the processor 301, the memory 302, and the transceiver 303, reference may be made to the description of the processor 401, the memory 402, and the transceiver 403 in the terminal device 40.
结合图2所示的终端设备40的结构示意图,示例性的,图3为本申请实施例提供的 终端设备40的一种具体结构形式。With reference to the schematic structural diagram of the terminal device 40 shown in FIG. 2, exemplarily, FIG. 3 is a specific structural form of the terminal device 40 provided in an embodiment of the application.
其中,在一些实施例中,图2中的处理器401的功能可以通过图3中的处理器110实现。Among them, in some embodiments, the functions of the processor 401 in FIG. 2 may be implemented by the processor 110 in FIG. 3.
在一些实施例中,图2中的收发器403的功能可以通过图3中的天线1,移动通信模块150等实现。移动通信模块150可以提供应用在终端设备40上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。In some embodiments, the function of the transceiver 403 in FIG. 2 may be implemented by the antenna 1 in FIG. 3, the mobile communication module 150, and the like. The mobile communication module 150 can provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the terminal device 40. The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, a switch, a power amplifier, a low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves by the antenna 1, and perform processing such as filtering, amplifying and transmitting the received electromagnetic waves to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation via the antenna 1. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
在一些实施例中,终端设备40的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,使得终端设备40可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the terminal device 40 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, so that the terminal device 40 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
在一些实施例中,图2中的输出设备404的功能可以通过图3中的显示屏194实现。其中,显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。In some embodiments, the function of the output device 404 in FIG. 2 may be implemented by the display screen 194 in FIG. 3. Among them, the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, and so on. The display screen 194 includes a display panel.
在一些实施例中,图2中的输入设备405的功能可以通过鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或图3中的传感器模块180来实现。In some embodiments, the function of the input device 405 in FIG. 2 may be implemented by a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or the sensor module 180 in FIG. 3.
在一些实施例中,如图3所示,该终端设备40还可以包括音频模块170、摄像头193、SIM卡接口195、USB接口130、充电管理模块140、电源管理模块141和电池142中的一个或多个。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 3, the terminal device 40 may further include one of an audio module 170, a camera 193, a SIM card interface 195, a USB interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, and a battery 142. Or more.
可以理解的是,图3所示的结构并不构成对终端设备40的具体限定。比如,在本申请另一些实施例中,终端设备40可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structure shown in FIG. 3 does not constitute a specific limitation on the terminal device 40. For example, in other embodiments of the present application, the terminal device 40 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
下面将结合图1至图3,对本申请实施例提供的信息传输方法进行说明。The information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described below in conjunction with FIG. 1 to FIG. 3.
需要说明的是,本申请下述实施例中消息(或信息)的名字以及消息(或信息)中参数的名字等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以是其他的名字,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that the name of the message (or information) and the name of the parameter in the message (or information) in the following embodiments of the present application are just examples, and other names may also be used in specific implementation. There is no specific limitation.
如图4所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种信息传输方法,该信息传输方法包括如下步骤:As shown in FIG. 4, an information transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application, the information transmission method includes the following steps:
S401、网络设备向终端设备发送第一PDSCH。相应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一PDSCH。S401: The network device sends the first PDSCH to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first PDSCH from the network device.
S402、网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息。相应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一信息。S402: The network device sends the first information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first information from the network device.
其中,第一信息指示第一PUCCH资源,第一PUCCH资源用于承载第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息。The first information indicates the first PUCCH resource, and the first PUCCH resource is used to carry HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH.
其中,第一PDSCH的结束符号与第一PUCCH资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔大于或等于第一门限,该第一门限表示PDSCH最小处理时延,当满足第一条件时,第一门限的取值为第一数值,当不满足第一条件时,第一门限的取值为第二数值,第一数值小于第二数值。本申请实施例以满足第一条件为例进行说明,第一条件将在后续实施例中详 细说明。Wherein, the time interval between the end symbol of the first PDSCH and the start symbol of the first PUCCH resource is greater than or equal to a first threshold, and the first threshold represents the minimum PDSCH processing delay. When the first condition is met, the first threshold The value of is the first value. When the first condition is not met, the value of the first threshold is the second value, and the first value is less than the second value. The embodiment of the present application will be described as an example of satisfying the first condition, and the first condition will be described in detail in subsequent embodiments.
可选的,该第二数值可以为3GPP R15或R16中规定的PDSCH最小处理时延。Optionally, the second value may be the minimum PDSCH processing delay specified in 3GPP R15 or R16.
可以理解的是,步骤S401与步骤S402没有必然的先后顺序,可以先执行步骤S401,再执行步骤S402;或者,可以先执行步骤S402,再执行步骤S401;或者,可以同时执行步骤S401和步骤S402,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。It is understandable that there is no inevitable sequence between step S401 and step S402. Step S401 can be performed first, and then step S402; alternatively, step S402 can be performed first, and then step S401; or, step S401 and step S402 can be performed at the same time. The embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.
S403、终端设备在第一PUCCH资源上向网络设备发送第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息。相应的,网络设备在第一PUCCH资源上接收来自终端设备的第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息。S403: The terminal device sends HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH to the network device on the first PUCCH resource. Correspondingly, the network device receives the HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH from the terminal device on the first PUCCH resource.
可选的,终端设备接收第一PDSCH和第一信息后,可以判断第一PDSCH的结束符号与第一信息指示的第一PUCCH资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔是否大于或等于第一门限,当该时间间隔大于或等于第一门限时,在第一PUCCH资源上向网络设备发送第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息。当该时间间隔小于第一门限时,不向网络设备发送第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息,或者向网络设备发送NACK(无论第一PDSCH是否译码成功)。其中,不向网络设备发送HARQ-ACK信息可以理解为不向网络设备发送任何信息。也就是说,终端设备不期望出现该时间间隔小于第一门限的情况,即网络设备发送的第一信息指示的第一PUCCH资源需要满足:第一PDSCH的结束符号与第一PUCCH资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔大于或等于第一门限。Optionally, after receiving the first PDSCH and the first information, the terminal device may determine whether the time interval between the end symbol of the first PDSCH and the start symbol of the first PUCCH resource indicated by the first information is greater than or equal to the first threshold When the time interval is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH is sent to the network device on the first PUCCH resource. When the time interval is less than the first threshold, the HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH is not sent to the network device, or NACK is sent to the network device (regardless of whether the first PDSCH is successfully decoded). Wherein, not sending HARQ-ACK information to the network device can be understood as not sending any information to the network device. That is, the terminal device does not expect that the time interval is less than the first threshold, that is, the first PUCCH resource indicated by the first information sent by the network device needs to meet: the end symbol of the first PDSCH and the start of the first PUCCH resource The time interval between symbols is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
可选的,终端设备接收第一PDSCH后,在第一PDSCH的结束时刻后启动定时器,该定时器的时长为第一门限。当该定时器超时时,若第一PUCCH资源的起始时刻还未到达,则在第一PUCCH资源的起始时刻到达时,终端设备在第一PUCCH资源上向网络设备发送第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息。Optionally, after receiving the first PDSCH, the terminal device starts a timer after the end time of the first PDSCH, and the duration of the timer is the first threshold. When the timer expires, if the start time of the first PUCCH resource has not arrived, when the start time of the first PUCCH resource arrives, the terminal device sends the HARQ of the first PDSCH to the network device on the first PUCCH resource. -ACK information.
基于该方案,由于满足第一条件时,PDSCH最小处理时延减小,因此在第一条件下,网络设备调度的第一PUCCH资源与第一PDSCH之间的时间间隔可以减小,在终端设备提前处理完PDSCH时,可以在第一PUCCH资源上发送HARQ-ACK信息,无需从PDSCH的结束符号开始之后的第二数值后再发送HARQ-ACK信息,从而可以加快HARQ-ACK反馈,降低传输时延;另一方面,由于满足第一条件时,PDSCH处理流程简化了,从而可以缩短HARQ-ACK反馈时延,这种HARQ-ACK反馈时延的缩短无需额外提升芯片的处理能力,从而不会对芯片架构提出新的需求,易于产品实现。Based on this solution, the minimum PDSCH processing delay is reduced when the first condition is met. Therefore, under the first condition, the time interval between the first PUCCH resource scheduled by the network device and the first PDSCH can be reduced. When the PDSCH is processed in advance, HARQ-ACK information can be sent on the first PUCCH resource. It is not necessary to send HARQ-ACK information after the second value after the end symbol of the PDSCH starts, thereby speeding up HARQ-ACK feedback and reducing transmission time. On the other hand, when the first condition is met, the PDSCH processing flow is simplified, which can shorten the HARQ-ACK feedback delay. This shortening of the HARQ-ACK feedback delay does not require an additional increase in the processing capacity of the chip, which will not Put forward new requirements for the chip architecture, which is easy for product realization.
在本申请实施例的不同实施场景下,第一条件也可能不同。In different implementation scenarios of the embodiments of the present application, the first condition may also be different.
一种可能的实现方式中,第一条件可以包括:第一PDSCH为半静态调度(semi-persistentscheduling,SPS)PDSCH中非首次传输的PDSCH。In a possible implementation manner, the first condition may include: the first PDSCH is a PDSCH that is not transmitted for the first time in a semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) PDSCH.
其中,SPS PDSCH中非首次传输的PDSCH也可以理解为非DCI调度的PDSCH,二者可以相互替换。Among them, the PDSCH that is not transmitted for the first time in the SPS PDSCH can also be understood as a PDSCH that is not scheduled by DCI, and the two can be replaced with each other.
基于该可能的实现方式,由于SPS PDSCH的非首次传输无需DCI的调度,因此终端设备无需接收DCI并进行译码,因此PDSCH处理过程可以不包括DCI译码,从而降低PDSCH处理时间,使得PDSCH的最低处理时延可以降低,进而降低传输时延。Based on this possible implementation, since the non-first transmission of SPS PDSCH does not require DCI scheduling, the terminal device does not need to receive DCI and decode it. Therefore, the PDSCH processing process may not include DCI decoding, thereby reducing the PDSCH processing time and making the PDSCH The minimum processing delay can be reduced, thereby reducing the transmission delay.
可选的,在该实现方式中,第一条件还可以包括:在第一PDSCH所在的时间窗内,未配置PDCCH的监测时机(monitoring occasion)。具体的,可以为:在第一PDSCH所在的时间窗内,网络设备未向终端设备配置PDCCH的监测时机。其中,时间窗可以对应时域上的一个或多个连续符号。例如,一种可能的实现方式为,网络设备向终端设备发送的PDCCH监测时机配置指示:监测时机模式中与第一PDSCH所在的时间窗内的 符号对应的比特(或元素)取值为0。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the first condition may further include: in the time window where the first PDSCH is located, no monitoring occasion of the PDCCH is configured. Specifically, it may be: in the time window where the first PDSCH is located, the network device does not configure the PDCCH monitoring opportunity for the terminal device. Among them, the time window can correspond to one or more consecutive symbols in the time domain. For example, one possible implementation is that the PDCCH monitoring timing configuration indication sent by the network device to the terminal device: the value of the bit (or element) corresponding to the symbol in the time window of the first PDSCH in the monitoring timing mode is 0.
可以理解的是,对于终端设备,在一段时间内,没有配置PDCCH的监测时机可以理解为:终端设备无需在该段时间内进行PDCCH盲检,即无需监测PDCCH;对于网络设备,在一段时间内,当网络设备未向终端设备配置PDCCH的监测时机时,在该段时间内,网络设备不向该终端设备发送PDCCH。It is understandable that for terminal equipment, within a period of time, no PDCCH monitoring timing can be understood as: terminal equipment does not need to perform blind PDCCH detection within this period of time, that is, there is no need to monitor PDCCH; for network equipment, within a period of time When the network device does not configure the PDCCH monitoring opportunity for the terminal device, the network device does not send the PDCCH to the terminal device within this period of time.
可选的,上述时间窗的长度、该时间窗的起始位置与第一PDSCH起始符号之间的间隔、该时间窗的结束位置与第一PDSCH的结束符号之间的间隔中的一项或多项可以为预设值,该预设值可以是网络设备向终端设备配置的。Optionally, one of the length of the aforementioned time window, the interval between the start position of the time window and the first PDSCH start symbol, and the interval between the end position of the time window and the end symbol of the first PDSCH The or multiple items may be preset values, and the preset values may be configured by the network device to the terminal device.
示例性的,上述时间窗可以存在多种情况:Exemplarily, there may be multiple situations in the above-mentioned time window:
情况一、该时间窗为第一PDSCH所在的时间单元。Case 1: The time window is the time unit where the first PDSCH is located.
也就是说,在第一PDSCH所在的时间单元内,网络设备未向终端设备配置PDCCH的监测时机。That is to say, within the time unit where the first PDSCH is located, the network device does not configure the PDCCH monitoring opportunity for the terminal device.
以时间单元为时隙,一个时隙包括14个符号为例,如图5所示,第一PDSCH的时域位置为时隙n+1内的符号3至符号5,即第一PDSCH所在的时间单元为时隙n+1,网络设备未向终端设备配置时隙n+1中14个符号内的PDCCH的监测时机。Taking the time unit as a time slot, a time slot includes 14 symbols as an example. As shown in Figure 5, the time domain position of the first PDSCH is symbol 3 to symbol 5 in time slot n+1, that is, where the first PDSCH is located. The time unit is the time slot n+1, and the network device has not configured the terminal device with the monitoring timing of the PDCCH in the 14 symbols in the time slot n+1.
情况二、该时间窗为第一PDSCH所占用的符号。Case 2: The time window is the symbol occupied by the first PDSCH.
也就是说,在第一PDSCH所占用的符号内,网络设备未向终端设备配置PDCCH的监测时机。如图5所示,第一PDSCH的时域位置为时隙n+1内的符号3至符号5。在时隙n+1中的符号3至符号5内,网络设备未向终端设备配置PDCCH的监测时机,在时隙n+1中除符号3至符号5外的其他符号可能配置了PDCCH的监测时机,也可能没有配置。That is, within the symbol occupied by the first PDSCH, the network device does not configure the PDCCH monitoring opportunity for the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 5, the time domain position of the first PDSCH is symbol 3 to symbol 5 in slot n+1. In the symbol 3 to symbol 5 in time slot n+1, the network equipment does not configure the PDCCH monitoring opportunity for the terminal device. In the time slot n+1, symbols other than symbol 3 to symbol 5 may be configured for PDCCH monitoring Timing may not be configured.
基于该方案,由于在第一PDSCH所在的时间窗内,未配置PDCCH的监测时机,所以终端设备无需在该时间窗内监测PDCCH,也就是说,当第一PDSCH为SPS PDSCH中非首次传输的PDSCH,且在第一PDSCH所在的时间窗内无需监测PDCCH时,可以降低PDSCH处理时间。Based on this solution, since the PDCCH monitoring opportunity is not configured in the time window where the first PDSCH is located, the terminal device does not need to monitor the PDCCH in this time window, that is, when the first PDSCH is the SPS PDSCH that is not transmitted for the first time PDSCH, and when there is no need to monitor the PDCCH in the time window where the first PDSCH is located, the PDSCH processing time can be reduced.
可选的,第一信息还指示第二PUCCH资源,该第二PUCCH资源用于承载第二PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息,该第二PDSCH为上述SPS PDSCH中首次传输的PDSCH,该第二PDSCH的结束符号与第二PUCCH的起始符号之间的时间间隔大于或等于上述第二数值。基于该方案,由于网络设备配置用于承载SPS PDSCH中首次传输的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息的第二PUCCH资源,因此可以兼顾首次传输的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息的反馈。Optionally, the first information also indicates a second PUCCH resource, and the second PUCCH resource is used to carry HARQ-ACK information of the second PDSCH. The second PDSCH is the PDSCH transmitted for the first time in the above-mentioned SPS PDSCH. The time interval between the end symbol and the start symbol of the second PUCCH is greater than or equal to the foregoing second value. Based on this solution, since the network device configures the second PUCCH resource used to carry the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH transmitted for the first time in the SPS PDSCH, it can take into account the feedback of the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH transmitted for the first time.
可选的,第一信息可以通过如下四种方式指示第一PUCCH资源和第二PUCCH资源。Optionally, the first information may indicate the first PUCCH resource and the second PUCCH resource in the following four ways.
方式一、第一信息包括两组信息:第一组信息和第二组信息。Manner 1: The first information includes two sets of information: the first set of information and the second set of information.
其中,第一组信息包括第一PUCCH资源指示信息和第一定时偏移值。其中,第一定时偏移值用于确定第一时间单元,第一时间单元为第一PUCCH资源所在的时间单元,第一定时偏移值例如可以为第一PDSCH所在的时间单元与第一时间单元之间的间隔;第一PUCCH资源指示信息指示第一PUCCH资源在第一时间单元内的位置,例如指示第一PUCCH资源在第一时间单元内占用的符号。The first group of information includes first PUCCH resource indication information and a first timing offset value. The first timing offset value is used to determine the first time unit, the first time unit is the time unit where the first PUCCH resource is located, and the first timing offset value may be, for example, the time unit where the first PDSCH is located and the first time unit. Interval between units; the first PUCCH resource indication information indicates the position of the first PUCCH resource in the first time unit, for example, indicates the symbol occupied by the first PUCCH resource in the first time unit.
可以理解的是,第一组信息指示的第一PUCCH资源的起始符号与第一PDSCH的结束符号之间的时间间隔大于或等于第一数值。It can be understood that the time interval between the start symbol of the first PUCCH resource and the end symbol of the first PDSCH indicated by the first group of information is greater than or equal to the first value.
其中,第二组信息包括第二PUCCH资源指示信息和第二定时偏移值。其中,第二 定时偏移值用于确定第二时间单元,第二时间单元为第二PUCCH资源所在的时间单元,第二定时偏移值例如可以为第二PDSCH所在的时间单元与第二时间单元之间的间隔;第二PUCCH资源指示信息指示第二PUCCH资源在第二时间单元内的位置,例如指示第二PUCCH资源在第二时间单元内占用的符号。The second group of information includes second PUCCH resource indication information and a second timing offset value. The second timing offset value is used to determine the second time unit, the second time unit is the time unit where the second PUCCH resource is located, and the second timing offset value may be, for example, the time unit where the second PDSCH is located and the second time unit. The interval between units; the second PUCCH resource indication information indicates the position of the second PUCCH resource in the second time unit, for example, indicates the symbol occupied by the second PUCCH resource in the second time unit.
可以理解的是,第二组信息指示的第二PUCCH资源的起始符号与第二PDSCH的结束符号之间的时间间隔大于或等于第二数值。It can be understood that the time interval between the start symbol of the second PUCCH resource and the end symbol of the second PDSCH indicated by the second set of information is greater than or equal to the second value.
可选的,第一定时偏移值与第二定时偏移值可以相同,即第一PUCCH资源对应的定时偏移值与第二PUCCH资源对应的定时偏移值相同,此时,第一定时偏移值和第二定时偏移值可以由同一个参数表示。Optionally, the first timing offset value and the second timing offset value may be the same, that is, the timing offset value corresponding to the first PUCCH resource is the same as the timing offset value corresponding to the second PUCCH resource. In this case, the first timing offset value The offset value and the second timing offset value can be represented by the same parameter.
方式二、第一信息包括第一PUCCH资源指示信息、第二PUCCH资源指示信息、定时偏移值、以及第一偏移值。Manner 2: The first information includes first PUCCH resource indication information, second PUCCH resource indication information, timing offset value, and first offset value.
其中,定时偏移值可以为第一定时偏移值或第二定时偏移值。当定时偏移值为第一定时偏移值时,第一偏移值用于结合第一定时偏移值确定第二定时偏移值;当定时偏移值为第二定时偏移值时,第一偏移值用于结合第二定时偏移值确定第一定时偏移值。Wherein, the timing offset value may be the first timing offset value or the second timing offset value. When the timing offset value is the first timing offset value, the first offset value is used to determine the second timing offset value in combination with the first timing offset value; when the timing offset value is the second timing offset value, The first offset value is used to determine the first timing offset value in combination with the second timing offset value.
可选的,第一PUCCH资源指示信息和第二PUCCH资源指示信息可以是同一个信息,即第一PUCCH资源指示信息指示的第一PUCCH资源在第一时间单元内的资源编号与第二PUCCH资源指示信息指示的第二PUCCH资源在第二时间单元内的资源编号相同,其中,时间单元内的一个资源编号对应该时间单元内一个PUCCH资源(包括该PUCCH资源的频域位置、在该时间单元内所占用的符号、以及其他传输参数等),不同时间单元的相同资源编号指示的PUCCH资源相同(即,频域位置相同、在时间单元内所占用的符号相同、其他传输参数相同)。也就是说,在该情况下,第一PUCCH资源与第二PUCCH资源的差别仅在于其所在的时间单元不同。Optionally, the first PUCCH resource indication information and the second PUCCH resource indication information may be the same information, that is, the resource number of the first PUCCH resource in the first time unit indicated by the first PUCCH resource indication information and the second PUCCH resource The resource numbers of the second PUCCH resources indicated by the indication information in the second time unit are the same, where a resource number in the time unit corresponds to a PUCCH resource in the time unit (including the frequency domain position of the PUCCH resource and the resource number in the time unit). Symbols occupied within the time unit, other transmission parameters, etc.), PUCCH resources indicated by the same resource number in different time units are the same (that is, the frequency domain position is the same, the symbols occupied in the time unit are the same, and other transmission parameters are the same). That is to say, in this case, the difference between the first PUCCH resource and the second PUCCH resource is only in the time unit in which they are located.
方式三、第一信息包括第一定时偏移值、第二定时偏移值、PUCCH资源指示信息、以及第二偏移值。Manner 3: The first information includes a first timing offset value, a second timing offset value, PUCCH resource indication information, and a second offset value.
其中,PUCCH资源指示信息可以为第一PUCCH资源指示信息或第二PUCCH资源指示信息。The PUCCH resource indication information may be the first PUCCH resource indication information or the second PUCCH resource indication information.
当PUCCH资源指示信息为第一PUCCH资源指示信息时,第二偏移值用于结合第一PUCCH资源指示信息确定第二PUCCH资源在第二时间单元内的位置。示例性的,第一PUCCH资源指示信息可以为第一PUCCH资源在第一时间单元内对应的资源编号(本申请下述实施例将其称为第一资源编号),根据第二偏移值和该第一资源编号可以确定第二资源编号,相应的,第二PUCCH资源即为第二时间单元内第二资源编号对应的PUCCH资源;或者,第一PUCCH资源指示信息可以指示第一PUCCH资源的时频位置和其他传输参数,第二偏移值可以为第二PUCCH资源的起始符号的编号与第一PUCCH资源的起始符号的编号之间的差值,相应的,可以确定第二PUCCH资源在第二时间单元内的起始符号,此外,第二PUCCH资源和第一PUCCH资源的时域长度可以相同、其他传输参数也可以相同。When the PUCCH resource indication information is the first PUCCH resource indication information, the second offset value is used to determine the position of the second PUCCH resource in the second time unit in combination with the first PUCCH resource indication information. Exemplarily, the first PUCCH resource indication information may be a resource number corresponding to the first PUCCH resource in the first time unit (the following embodiments of this application will refer to it as the first resource number), according to the second offset value and The first resource number can determine the second resource number, and accordingly, the second PUCCH resource is the PUCCH resource corresponding to the second resource number in the second time unit; or, the first PUCCH resource indication information can indicate the status of the first PUCCH resource Time-frequency position and other transmission parameters, the second offset value may be the difference between the number of the start symbol of the second PUCCH resource and the number of the start symbol of the first PUCCH resource, and accordingly, the second PUCCH can be determined The start symbol of the resource in the second time unit. In addition, the time domain length of the second PUCCH resource and the first PUCCH resource may be the same, and other transmission parameters may also be the same.
当PUCCH资源指示信息为第二PUCCH资源指示信息时,第二偏移值用于结合第二PUCCH资源指示信息确定第一PUCCH资源在第一时间单元内的位置。示例性的,第二PUCCH资源指示信息可以为第二PUCCH资源在第二时间单元内对应的资源编号(即第二资源编号),根据第二偏移值和该第二资源编号可以确定第一资源编号(即第一PUCCH资源在第一时间单元内对应的资源编号),相应的,第一PUCCH资源即为第一时间单 元内第一资源编号对应的PUCCH资源;或者,第二PUCCH资源指示信息可以指示第二PUCCH资源的时频位置和其他传输参数,第二偏移值可以为第一PUCCH资源的起始符号的编号与第二PUCCH资源的起始符号的编号之间的差值,相应的,可以确定第一PUCCH资源在第一时间单元内的起始符号,此外,第一PUCCH资源和第二PUCCH资源的时域长度可以相同、其他传输参数可以相同。When the PUCCH resource indication information is the second PUCCH resource indication information, the second offset value is used to determine the position of the first PUCCH resource in the first time unit in combination with the second PUCCH resource indication information. Exemplarily, the second PUCCH resource indication information may be the resource number (ie, the second resource number) corresponding to the second PUCCH resource in the second time unit, and the first resource number may be determined according to the second offset value and the second resource number. The resource number (that is, the resource number corresponding to the first PUCCH resource in the first time unit), correspondingly, the first PUCCH resource is the PUCCH resource corresponding to the first resource number in the first time unit; or, the second PUCCH resource indicator The information may indicate the time-frequency position and other transmission parameters of the second PUCCH resource, and the second offset value may be the difference between the number of the start symbol of the first PUCCH resource and the number of the start symbol of the second PUCCH resource, Correspondingly, the start symbol of the first PUCCH resource in the first time unit can be determined. In addition, the time domain length of the first PUCCH resource and the second PUCCH resource can be the same, and other transmission parameters can be the same.
可选地,第一定时偏移值与第二定时偏移值可以是同一个信息,即第一定时偏移值与第二定时偏移值的取值可以相同,或者说,第一PUCCH资源对应的定时偏移值与第二PUCCH资源对应的定时偏移值相同。Optionally, the first timing offset value and the second timing offset value may be the same information, that is, the values of the first timing offset value and the second timing offset value may be the same, or in other words, the first PUCCH resource The corresponding timing offset value is the same as the timing offset value corresponding to the second PUCCH resource.
方式四、第一信息包括定时偏移值、PUCCH资源指示信息、以及第三偏移值。Manner 4: The first information includes a timing offset value, PUCCH resource indication information, and a third offset value.
其中,定时偏移值可以为第一定时偏移值,相应的,PUCCH资源指示信息为第一PUCCH资源指示信息,第三偏移值用于结合第一定时偏移值确定第二定时偏移值,还可以用于结合第一PUCCH资源指示信息确定第二PUCCH资源。Wherein, the timing offset value may be the first timing offset value, correspondingly, the PUCCH resource indication information is the first PUCCH resource indication information, and the third offset value is used to determine the second timing offset in combination with the first timing offset value The value can also be used to determine the second PUCCH resource in combination with the first PUCCH resource indication information.
或者,定时偏移值可以为第二定时偏移值,相应的,PUCCH资源指示信息为第二PUCCH资源指示信息,第三偏移值用于结合第二定时偏移值确定第一定时偏移值,还可以用于结合第二PUCCH资源指示信息确定第一PUCCH资源。Alternatively, the timing offset value may be the second timing offset value, correspondingly, the PUCCH resource indication information is the second PUCCH resource indication information, and the third offset value is used to determine the first timing offset in combination with the second timing offset value The value can also be used to determine the first PUCCH resource in combination with the second PUCCH resource indication information.
第一信息可以承载在RRC信令中,也可以承载在物理层信令中,例如第一信息为DCI中的一个或多个字段;或者第一信息的部分信息可以承载在RRC信令中,另一部分信息可以承载在物理层信令中。The first information can be carried in RRC signaling or physical layer signaling, for example, the first information is one or more fields in DCI; or part of the first information can be carried in RRC signaling, Another part of the information can be carried in the physical layer signaling.
与上述四种方式相对应,网络设备还可以通过下面四种方式向终端设备指示第一PUCCH资源和第二PUCCH资源。Corresponding to the above four ways, the network device can also indicate the first PUCCH resource and the second PUCCH resource to the terminal device in the following four ways.
方式一、在SPS PDSCH的配置信息中包括第一定时偏移值、第一PUCCH资源指示信息、第二定时偏移值、以及第二PUCCH资源指示信息中的一部分信息,且在激活SPS PDSCH配置的DCI中包括该四种信息中的另一部分信息。例如,SPS PDSCH的配置信息中包括第一PUCCH资源指示信息和第二PUCCH资源指示信息,激活SPS PDSCH配置的DCI中包括第一定时偏移值和第二定时偏移值。Manner 1: The SPS PDSCH configuration information includes the first timing offset value, the first PUCCH resource indication information, the second timing offset value, and part of the second PUCCH resource indication information, and the SPS PDSCH configuration is activated The DCI includes another part of the four types of information. For example, the configuration information of the SPS PDSCH includes the first PUCCH resource indication information and the second PUCCH resource indication information, and the DCI for activating the SPS PDSCH configuration includes the first timing offset value and the second timing offset value.
方式二、在SPS PDSCH的配置信息中包括第一PUCCH资源指示信息、第二PUCCH资源指示信息、定时偏移值、以及第一偏移值中的一部分信息,且在激活SPS PDSCH配置的DCI中包括该四种信息中的另一部分信息。例如,SPS PDSCH的配置信息中包括第一PUCCH资源指示信息、第二PUCCH资源指示信息和第一偏移值,激活SPS PDSCH配置的DCI中包括定时偏移值。Manner 2: The configuration information of the SPS PDSCH includes the first PUCCH resource indication information, the second PUCCH resource indication information, the timing offset value, and some of the information in the first offset value, and is included in the DCI for activating the SPS PDSCH configuration Including the other part of the four types of information. For example, the configuration information of the SPS PDSCH includes the first PUCCH resource indication information, the second PUCCH resource indication information, and the first offset value, and the DCI for activating the SPS PDSCH configuration includes the timing offset value.
方式三、在SPS PDSCH的配置信息中包括第一定时偏移值、第二定时偏移值、PUCCH资源指示信息、以及第二偏移值中的一部分信息,且在激活SPS PDSCH配置的DCI中包括该四种信息中的另一部分信息。例如,SPS PDSCH的配置信息中包括PUCCH资源指示信息和第二偏移值,激活SPS PDSCH配置的DCI中包括第一定时偏移值和第二定时偏移值。Manner 3: The SPS PDSCH configuration information includes the first timing offset value, the second timing offset value, PUCCH resource indication information, and part of the second offset value, and is included in the DCI for activating the SPS PDSCH configuration Including the other part of the four types of information. For example, the configuration information of the SPS PDSCH includes PUCCH resource indication information and the second offset value, and the DCI for activating the SPS PDSCH configuration includes the first timing offset value and the second timing offset value.
方式四、在SPS PDSCH的配置信息中包括定时偏移值、PUCCH资源指示信息、以及第三偏移值中的一部分信息,且在激活SPS PDSCH配置的DCI中包括该三种信息中的另一部分信息。例如,SPS PDSCH的配置信息中包括PUCCH资源指示信息和第三偏移值,激活SPS PDSCH配置的DCI中包括定时偏移值。Manner 4: The SPS PDSCH configuration information includes timing offset value, PUCCH resource indication information, and part of the third offset value, and the DCI that activates the SPS PDSCH configuration includes another part of the three kinds of information information. For example, the configuration information of the SPS PDSCH includes PUCCH resource indication information and the third offset value, and the DCI for activating the SPS PDSCH configuration includes the timing offset value.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一条件可以包括:第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈。In another possible implementation manner, the first condition may include: the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback.
其中,单独反馈可以理解为不与其他PDSCH的HARQ-ACK一起反馈;或者,也可以理解为不基于码本的反馈。Wherein, separate feedback can be understood as not being fed back together with HARQ-ACKs of other PDSCHs; or, it can also be understood as feedback not based on codebooks.
基于该可能的实现方式中,由于第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈,因此无需等待其他PDSCH的HARQ-ACK一起反馈,或者无需生成HARQ-ACK码本,从而可以降低PDSCH处理时间,使得PDSCH的最低处理时延可以降低,进而降低传输时延。Based on this possible implementation, since the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback, there is no need to wait for the HARQ-ACKs of other PDSCHs to be fed back together, or there is no need to generate HARQ-ACK codebooks, so that the PDSCH processing time can be reduced, so that The minimum processing delay of the PDSCH can be reduced, thereby reducing the transmission delay.
可选的,在该可能的实现方式中,该信息传输方法还可以包括:网络设备向终端设备发送第二信息。相应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息。其中,第二信息指示第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈。Optionally, in this possible implementation manner, the information transmission method may further include: the network device sends the second information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second information from the network device. Wherein, the second information indicates that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is independent feedback.
可选的,该第二信息可以包含于调度第一PDSCH的DCI中,例如,第二信息可以位于该DCI中特定比特域,当该特定比特域的值为预设值时,指示第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈。Optionally, the second information may be included in the DCI for scheduling the first PDSCH. For example, the second information may be located in a specific bit field in the DCI, and when the value of the specific bit field is a preset value, it indicates the first PDSCH The HARQ-ACK feedback is a separate feedback.
可选的,该特定比特域可以专用于指示第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈是否为单独反馈,其例如可以称为码本指示比特域,也就是说,该码本比特域可以显式指示第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈是否为单独反馈,例如,若该码本比特域的大小为1比特,预设值为1,则当码本比特域的取值为“1”时,指示第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈。Optionally, the specific bit field may be dedicated to indicating whether the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback, which may be called a codebook indicator bit field, for example, that is, the codebook bit field may explicitly indicate the first PDSCH. Whether the HARQ-ACK feedback of a PDSCH is a separate feedback, for example, if the size of the codebook bit field is 1 bit and the preset value is 1, then when the codebook bit field takes the value "1", it indicates the first The HARQ-ACK feedback of the PDSCH is a separate feedback.
或者,该特定比特域可以有其他功能,可以通过该其他功能间接指示第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈是否为单独反馈。该特定比特域例如可以为定时偏移值比特域,定时偏移值比特域用于指示第一PUCCH资源所在时间单元的编号与第一PDSCH所在时间单元的编号之间的差值。Alternatively, the specific bit field may have other functions, and the other functions may be used to indirectly indicate whether the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is independent feedback. The specific bit field may be, for example, a timing offset value bit field, and the timing offset value bit field is used to indicate the difference between the number of the time unit where the first PUCCH resource is located and the number of the time unit where the first PDSCH is located.
示例性的,当该定时偏移值比特域的取值指示的该差值为预设差值时,该定时偏移值比特域可以间接指示第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈。以该定时偏移值比特域的长度为3比特,该定时偏移值比特域的取值为“000”,且“000”指示的差值为A2为例,若预设差值为A1,则指示第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈不是单独反馈,若预设差值为A2,则指示第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈。Exemplarily, when the difference indicated by the value of the timing offset value bit field is a preset difference value, the timing offset value bit field may indirectly indicate that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is independent feedback. Taking the length of the timing offset value bit field as 3 bits, the value of the timing offset value bit field is "000", and the difference indicated by "000" is A2 as an example, if the preset difference is A1, It indicates that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is not a separate feedback. If the preset difference is A2, it indicates that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback.
或者,示例性的,当该定时偏移值比特域的取值为预设取值时,间接指示第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈。以该定时偏移值比特域的长度为3比特,该定时偏移值比特域的取值为“000”,且预设取值为“000”为例,则指示第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈(无论“000”指示的差值为多少)。Or, exemplarily, when the value of the timing offset value bit field is a preset value, it indirectly indicates that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is independent feedback. Taking the length of the timing offset value bit field as 3 bits, the value of the timing offset value bit field is "000", and the preset value is "000" as an example, it indicates the HARQ-ACK of the first PDSCH The feedback is a separate feedback (regardless of the difference indicated by "000").
可选的,终端设备接收到该第二信息后,可以根据该第二信息进行第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈,从而降低PDSCH处理时间。Optionally, after receiving the second information, the terminal device may perform HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH according to the second information, thereby reducing PDSCH processing time.
又一种可能的实现方式中,第一条件可以包括:第一PUCCH资源关联的PUCCH格式为格式0或格式1。In another possible implementation manner, the first condition may include: the PUCCH format associated with the first PUCCH resource is format 0 or format 1.
可以理解的是,PUCCH资源关联的PUCCH格式为格式0或格式1时,该PUCCH资源上只允许携带1比特信息,因此,用于承载第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息的第一PUCCH资源关联的PUCCH格式为格式0或格式1时,可以理解为该第一PUCCH资源仅能承载第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息,或者可以理解为第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈,从而能够降低PDSCH的处理时间,使得PDSCH的最低处理时延可以降低,进而降低传输时延。It is understandable that when the PUCCH format associated with the PUCCH resource is format 0 or format 1, only 1 bit of information is allowed to be carried on the PUCCH resource. Therefore, the first PUCCH resource associated with the HARQ-ACK information used to carry the first PDSCH is When the PUCCH format is format 0 or format 1, it can be understood that the first PUCCH resource can only carry the HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH, or it can be understood that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback, thereby reducing the PDSCH. The processing time of the PDSCH can be reduced to reduce the minimum processing delay of the PDSCH, thereby reducing the transmission delay.
再一种可能的实现方式中,第一条件可以包括:未配置PDSCH HARQ-ACK码本。具体的,可以为网络设备未向终端设备配置PDSCH HARQ-ACK码本。In another possible implementation manner, the first condition may include: no PDSCH HARQ-ACK codebook is configured. Specifically, the network device may not configure the PDSCH HARQ-ACK codebook for the terminal device.
基于该可能的实现方式,由于网络设备未向终端设备配置PDSCH HARQ-ACK码本,因此终端设备进行PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈时,无需生成码本,从而降低PDSCH处理时间,使得PDSCH的最低处理时延可以降低,进而降低传输时延。Based on this possible implementation, since the network device does not configure the PDSCH HARQ-ACK codebook for the terminal device, the terminal device does not need to generate the codebook when performing the HARQ-ACK feedback of the PDSCH, thereby reducing the PDSCH processing time and making the PDSCH minimum processing The delay can be reduced, thereby reducing the transmission delay.
可选的,本申请实施例中,第一门限可以满足如下第一公式:Optionally, in this embodiment of the application, the first threshold may satisfy the following first formula:
T 1=(N 1+d 1,1)(2048+144)*k*T c*2 -μ1 T 1 =(N 1 +d 1,1 )(2048+144)*k*T c *2 -μ1
其中,T 1为第一门限,N 1为第一符号数目,d 1,1为第一附加值,k为第一通信系统的最小采样间隔与第二通信系统的最小采样间隔的比值,T c为第二通信系统的最小采样间隔,μ1为第一子载波间隔的编号,第一PDSCH在第二通信系统中传输。第一子载波间隔为调度第一PDSCH的PDCCH所使用的子载波间隔、第一PDSCH所使用的子载波间隔、和第一PUCCH所使用的子载波间隔中最小的子载波间隔。特别地,在第一PDSCH为SPS PDSCH中非首次传输的PDSCH时,第一子载波间隔为第一PDSCH所使用的子载波间隔和第一PUCCH所使用的子载波间隔中最小的子载波间隔。第一公式中的参数的具体描述可参见前述对公式A中的相关参数的描述。 Among them, T 1 is the first threshold, N 1 is the number of first symbols, d 1,1 is the first additional value, k is the ratio of the minimum sampling interval of the first communication system to the minimum sampling interval of the second communication system, T c is the minimum sampling interval of the second communication system, μ1 is the number of the first subcarrier interval, and the first PDSCH is transmitted in the second communication system. The first subcarrier interval is the smallest subcarrier interval among the subcarrier interval used by the PDCCH for scheduling the first PDSCH, the subcarrier interval used by the first PDSCH, and the subcarrier interval used by the first PUCCH. In particular, when the first PDSCH is a PDSCH that is not transmitted for the first time in the SPS PDSCH, the first subcarrier interval is the smallest subcarrier interval between the subcarrier interval used by the first PDSCH and the subcarrier interval used by the first PUCCH. For the specific description of the parameters in the first formula, please refer to the description of the relevant parameters in the formula A above.
可选的,本申请实施例中,第一数值对应的第一符号数目小于第二数值对应的第一符号数目,和/或,第一数值对应的第一附加值小于第二数值对应的第一附加值。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the number of first symbols corresponding to the first value is smaller than the number of first symbols corresponding to the second value, and/or the first additional value corresponding to the first value is smaller than the first additional value corresponding to the second value. An added value.
示例性的,在终端处理能力#2下,第一数值对应的第一符号数目的取值可以如下表4所示。Exemplarily, in the terminal processing capability #2, the value of the number of first symbols corresponding to the first value may be as shown in Table 4 below.
表4Table 4
Figure PCTCN2021083605-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021083605-appb-000002
其中,6或7(频段1)表示在频段1中第一数值对应的第一符号数目的取值为6或7,在频段2中无取值;/表示第一数值对应的第一符号数目无取值。Among them, 6 or 7 (band 1) indicates that the value of the first symbol number corresponding to the first value in band 1 is 6 or 7, and there is no value in band 2; / indicates the first symbol number corresponding to the first value No value.
示例性的,在终端处理能力#2下,第一数值对应的第一附加值可以为0。Exemplarily, under terminal processing capability #2, the first additional value corresponding to the first value may be zero.
需要说明的是,根据上述第一公式可以得知,第一门限的取值与k、T c和μ1相关,因此,第一数值在k、T c和μ1取不同值的情况下也可能不同,同样,第二数值在k、T c、和μ1取不同值的情况下也可能不同。本申请实施例中,第一数值小于第二数值可以是:在k、T c和μ1相同的情况下,第一数值小于第二数值。 It should be noted that according to the above first formula, the value of the first threshold is related to k, T c, and μ1. Therefore, the first value may be different when k, T c, and μ1 take different values. Similarly, the second value may be different when k, T c , and μ1 take different values. In the embodiment of the present application, the first value smaller than the second value may be: when k, T c, and μ1 are the same, the first value is smaller than the second value.
如图6所示,为本申请实施例提供的另一种信息传输方法,该信息传输方法包括如下步骤:As shown in FIG. 6, another information transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application, the information transmission method includes the following steps:
S601、网络设备向终端设备发送调度信息。相应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的调度信息。S601. The network device sends scheduling information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the scheduling information from the network device.
其中,该调度信息用于调度第一PUSCH。第一PUSCH的起始符号与调度信息所在的PDCCH的结束符号之间的时间间隔大于或等于第二门限,该第二门限表示PUSCH最小发送准备时延,当满足第二条件时,第二门限的取值为第三数值,当不满足第二条件时,第二门限的取值为第四数值,第三数值小于第四数值。本申请实施例以满足第二条件为例进行说明,第二条件将在后续实施例中详细说明。Wherein, the scheduling information is used to schedule the first PUSCH. The time interval between the start symbol of the first PUSCH and the end symbol of the PDCCH where the scheduling information is located is greater than or equal to the second threshold. The second threshold represents the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay. When the second condition is met, the second threshold The value of is the third value. When the second condition is not met, the value of the second threshold is the fourth value, and the third value is less than the fourth value. The embodiment of the present application will be described as an example of satisfying the second condition, and the second condition will be described in detail in subsequent embodiments.
可选的,第四数值可以为3GPP R15/R16中规定的PUSCH最小发送准备时延。Optionally, the fourth value may be the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay specified in 3GPP R15/R16.
S602、终端设备向网络设备发送第一PUSCH。相应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一PUSCH。S602: The terminal device sends the first PUSCH to the network device. Correspondingly, the network device receives the first PUSCH from the terminal device.
可选的,终端设备接收调度信息之后,可以判断第一PUSCH的起始符号与调度信息所在的PDCCH的结束符号之间的时间间隔是否大于或等于第二门限,当该时间间隔大于或等于第二门限时,发送第一PUSCH。当该时间间隔小于第二门限时,不发送第一PUSCH。也就是说,终端设备不期望该时间间隔小于第二门限的情况出现,即网络设备发送的调度信息调度的第一PUSCH需要满足:第一PUSCH的起始符号与调度信息所在的PDCCH的结束符号之间的时间间隔大于或等于第二门限。Optionally, after receiving the scheduling information, the terminal device may determine whether the time interval between the start symbol of the first PUSCH and the end symbol of the PDCCH where the scheduling information is located is greater than or equal to the second threshold. At the second threshold, the first PUSCH is sent. When the time interval is less than the second threshold, the first PUSCH is not sent. That is, the terminal device does not expect that the time interval is less than the second threshold, that is, the first PUSCH scheduled by the scheduling information sent by the network device needs to meet: the start symbol of the first PUSCH and the end symbol of the PDCCH where the scheduling information is located The time interval between is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
可选的,终端设备在接收调度信息后,在该调度信息所在的PDCCH的结束时刻后启动定时器,该定时器的时长为第二门限。当该定时器超时时,终端设备向网络设备发送第一PUSCH。Optionally, after receiving the scheduling information, the terminal device starts a timer after the end time of the PDCCH where the scheduling information is located, and the duration of the timer is the second threshold. When the timer expires, the terminal device sends the first PUSCH to the network device.
基于该方案,一方面,由于满足第二条件时,PUSCH最小发送准备时延减小,因此在第二条件下,网络设备调度的PUSCH与调度该PUSCH的调度信息所在的PDCCH之间的时间间隔可以减小,使得终端设备提前完成PUSCH发送准备时,可以更早地发送PUSCH,从而降低传输时延;另一方面,由于满足第二条件时,PUSCH发送准备流程简化了,从而可以缩短PUSCH发送准备时延,这种PUSCH发送准备时延的缩短无需额外提升芯片的处理能力,从而不会对芯片架构提出新的需求,易于产品实现。Based on this solution, on the one hand, since the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay is reduced when the second condition is met, under the second condition, the time interval between the PUSCH scheduled by the network device and the PDCCH where the scheduling information for scheduling the PUSCH is located It can be reduced, so that when the terminal device completes the PUSCH transmission preparation in advance, it can transmit the PUSCH earlier, thereby reducing the transmission delay; on the other hand, because the second condition is met, the PUSCH transmission preparation process is simplified, which can shorten the PUSCH transmission Preparation time delay. This shortening of PUSCH transmission preparation time delay does not require an additional increase in the processing capacity of the chip, which does not impose new requirements on the chip architecture and is easy to implement.
在本申请实施例的不同实施场景下,第二条件也可能不同。In different implementation scenarios of the embodiments of the present application, the second condition may also be different.
一种可能的实现方式中,第二条件可以包括:第一PUSCH上发送的数据为第一上行数据的重传数据。In a possible implementation manner, the second condition may include: the data sent on the first PUSCH is retransmitted data of the first uplink data.
可以理解的是,由于重传与初传传输相同的上行数据,即传输相同的MACPDU,且终端设备在初传第一上行数据时已经生成并保存MAC PDU,因此重传第一上行数据(即发送第一PUSCH)时,终端设备无需进行MAC PDU组包,从而降低PUSCH的发送准备时间,使得PUSCH最小发送准备时延可以降低,进而可以更早发送PUSCH,降低传输时延。It is understandable that because the retransmission is the same uplink data as the initial transmission, that is, the same MAC PDU is transmitted, and the terminal device has already generated and saved the MAC PDU when the first uplink data is initially transmitted, so the first uplink data is retransmitted (ie When transmitting the first PUSCH), the terminal device does not need to perform MAC PDU grouping, thereby reducing the PUSCH transmission preparation time, so that the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay can be reduced, and the PUSCH can be transmitted earlier and the transmission delay can be reduced.
在该可能的实现方式中,当满足该第二条件时,第三数值可以称为第三数值#1。In this possible implementation, when the second condition is met, the third value may be referred to as the third value #1.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第二条件可以包括:第一PUSCH上发送的数据为第一上行数据的重传数据,且第一PUSCH所使用的MCS为预设MCS。进一步地,第一PUSCH的冗余版本可以为预设版本。In another possible implementation manner, the second condition may include: the data sent on the first PUSCH is retransmitted data of the first uplink data, and the MCS used by the first PUSCH is a preset MCS. Further, the redundancy version of the first PUSCH may be a preset version.
可以理解的是,当MAC PDU组装完成后,可以进一步进行编码、速率匹配和调制,在进行速率匹配时,需要确定所使用冗余版本,在调制时需要确定所使用的调制方式。It is understandable that after the MAC PDU assembly is completed, encoding, rate matching, and modulation can be further performed. When performing rate matching, the redundancy version used needs to be determined, and the modulation method used needs to be determined during modulation.
在该可能的实现方式中,可能存在如下三种情况:In this possible implementation, there may be the following three situations:
情况一、第一PUSCH所使用的MCS与第二PUSCH所使用的MCS相同,且第一PUSCH所使用的冗余版本与第二PUSCH所使用的冗余版本相同。本申请实施例中,第二PUSCH上发送的是第一上行数据的初传数据。Case 1: The MCS used by the first PUSCH is the same as the MCS used by the second PUSCH, and the redundancy version used by the first PUSCH is the same as the redundancy version used by the second PUSCH. In the embodiment of the present application, the first uplink data transmitted on the second PUSCH is the initial transmission data.
也就是说,第一上行数据的重传与初传所使用的MCS相同,且第一上行数据的重传与初传所使用的冗余版本相同。That is, the retransmission of the first uplink data is the same as the MCS used for the initial transmission, and the retransmission of the first uplink data is the same as the redundancy version used for the initial transmission.
在该情况下,可选的,终端设备在初传第一上行数据时,对第一上行数据对应的MAC PDU进行编码调制后,可以保存编码调制后的数据,因此,在重传第一上行数据时从缓存中读取该编码调制后的数据即可,不需要再次进行编码调制,从而可以降低PUSCH发送准备时间,进而降低传输时延。In this case, optionally, when the terminal device first transmits the first uplink data, after encoding and modulating the MAC PDU corresponding to the first uplink data, it can save the encoded and modulated data. Therefore, when retransmitting the first uplink data, It is enough to read the coded and modulated data from the buffer when data is being used, and there is no need to perform coding and modulation again, which can reduce the PUSCH transmission preparation time and thereby reduce the transmission delay.
终端设备也可以在对第一上行数据对应的MAC PDU进行编码和速率匹配后,保存速率匹配之后的数据,因此,在重传第一上行数据时可以从缓存中读取该编码和速率匹配之后的速率即可,不需要再次进行编码和速率匹配,从而可以降低PUSCH发送准备时延。The terminal device can also save the data after the rate matching after encoding and rate matching the MAC PDU corresponding to the first uplink data. Therefore, when retransmitting the first uplink data, the encoding and rate matching can be read from the buffer. The rate is sufficient, and there is no need to perform coding and rate matching again, so that the PUSCH transmission preparation delay can be reduced.
情况二、第一PUSCH所使用的MCS与第二PUSCH所使用的MCS相同。Case 2: The MCS used by the first PUSCH is the same as the MCS used by the second PUSCH.
也就是说,第一上行数据的重传与初传所使用的MCS相同。In other words, the retransmission of the first uplink data is the same as the MCS used for the initial transmission.
可选的,第一PUSCH所使用的冗余版本可以是网络设备向终端设备指示的,即该信息传输方法还可以包括:网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息,相应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的指示信息,该指示信息指示第一PUSCH的冗余版本,例如,网络设备向终端设备指示第一PUSCH的冗余版本为“3”;或者,第一PUSCH所使用的冗余版本可以是终端设备根据高层配置的冗余版本模式(pattern)、第二PUSCH所使用的冗余版本、以及M中的至少一个确定的,其中,M表示第一PUSCH为第一上行数据的第M次重传,例如,高层配置的冗余版本模式为“0231”,第二PUSCH所使用的冗余版本为“0”,M为2,即第一PUSCH为第一上行数据的第2次重传,则终端设备可以确定第一PUSCH所使用的冗余版本为“3”。Optionally, the redundancy version used by the first PUSCH may be instructed by the network device to the terminal device, that is, the information transmission method may further include: the network device sends instruction information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the information from the network device. The indication information indicates the redundancy version of the first PUSCH. For example, the network device indicates to the terminal device that the redundancy version of the first PUSCH is "3"; or, the redundancy version used by the first PUSCH may be the terminal The device determines at least one of the redundancy version pattern (pattern) configured by the higher layer, the redundancy version used by the second PUSCH, and M, where M indicates that the first PUSCH is the Mth retransmission of the first uplink data For example, the redundancy version mode configured by the higher layer is "0231", the redundancy version used by the second PUSCH is "0", and M is 2, that is, the first PUSCH is the second retransmission of the first uplink data, then The terminal device may determine that the redundancy version used by the first PUSCH is "3".
在该情况下,可选的,终端设备在初传第一上行数据时,对第一上行数据对应的MAC PDU进行编码后,可以保存编码后的数据,在初传完成后,可以从缓存中读取编码后的数据并根据第一PUSCH所使用的冗余版本确定需要传输的编码比特,并对该编码比特进行调制,不需要再次进行编码,从而可以降低PUSCH发送准备时间,进而降低传输时延。In this case, optionally, when the terminal device first transmits the first uplink data, after encoding the MAC PDU corresponding to the first uplink data, the encoded data can be saved, and after the initial transmission is completed, it can be retrieved from the buffer. Read the coded data and determine the coded bits that need to be transmitted according to the redundancy version used by the first PUSCH, and modulate the coded bits without re-coding, which can reduce the PUSCH transmission preparation time and thus reduce the transmission time Extension.
情况三、第一PUSCH所使用的MCS与第二PUSCH所使用的MCS不同,且第一PUSCH所使用的冗余版本与第二PUSCH所使用的冗余版本不同。Case 3: The MCS used by the first PUSCH is different from the MCS used by the second PUSCH, and the redundancy version used by the first PUSCH is different from the redundancy version used by the second PUSCH.
可选的,在该情况下,第一PUSCH所使用的MCS可以是网络设备预先配置给终端设备的;第一PUSCH所使用的冗余版本可以是网络设备向终端设备指示的,也可以是终端设备确定的,可参考上述情况二的相关说明,在此不再赘述。Optionally, in this case, the MCS used by the first PUSCH may be pre-configured by the network device for the terminal device; the redundancy version used by the first PUSCH may be indicated by the network device to the terminal device, or it may be the terminal device. If the equipment is determined, please refer to the related description of the above case 2, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,终端设备可以在初传时保存第一上行数据对应的MAC PDU,在初传完成后,可以从缓存中读取该MAC PDU,对该MAC PDU进行重传的编码,确定需要传输的编码比特,并对该编码比特进行调制,之后保存编码调制后的数据,在收到重传调度时,可以立即发送其保存的编码调制后的数据,从而可以降低传输时延。Optionally, the terminal device can save the MAC PDU corresponding to the first uplink data during the initial transmission, and after the initial transmission is completed, it can read the MAC PDU from the buffer, retransmit the MAC PDU, and determine the need for transmission And modulate the coded bits, and then save the coded and modulated data. When the retransmission schedule is received, the saved coded and modulated data can be sent immediately, which can reduce the transmission delay.
其中,在该可能的实现方式中,当满足该第二条件时,第三数值可以称为第三数值#2。Wherein, in this possible implementation manner, when the second condition is met, the third value may be referred to as the third value #2.
可选的,上述第三数值#1、第三数值#2、以及第四数值的大小关系可以为:第四数值>第三数值#1>第三数值#2。Optionally, the magnitude relationship between the third value #1, the third value #2, and the fourth value may be: fourth value>third value #1>third value #2.
再一种可能的实现方式中,第二条件可以包括:第一PUSCH的传输块大小(transmission block size,TBS)为预设值。In another possible implementation manner, the second condition may include: the transmission block size (transmission block size, TBS) of the first PUSCH is a preset value.
可选的,网络设备在发送调度信息之前,可以通过高层配置参数或物理层信令,向终端设备指示该终端设备待发送PUSCH的TBS为预设值;或者,在接收调度信息之前,终端设备可以自行确定待发送PUSCH的TBS,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, before sending the scheduling information, the network device can indicate to the terminal device that the TBS of the PUSCH to be sent by the terminal device is a preset value through high-level configuration parameters or physical layer signaling; or, before receiving the scheduling information, the terminal device The TBS of the PUSCH to be transmitted can be determined by oneself, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
可选的,确定待发送PUSCH的TBS后,当终端设备的MAC层有数据到达(例如,MAC层收到无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)PDU时,即可提前进行MAC PDU组装,无需等待接收调度信息后再根据调度信息进行MAC PDU组装。Optionally, after determining the TBS of the PUSCH to be sent, when data arrives at the MAC layer of the terminal device (for example, when the MAC layer receives a radio link control (RLC) PDU, the MAC PDU assembly can be performed in advance, There is no need to wait for receiving scheduling information and then perform MAC PDU assembly according to the scheduling information.
基于该可能的实现方式,由于终端设备可以提前进行MAC PDU组装,因此在收到 调度信息后无需再次进行MAC PDU组装,从而可以降低PUSCH发送准备时间,使得PUSCH最小发送准备时延可以降低,进而可以更早发送PUSCH,降低传输时延。Based on this possible implementation, since the terminal device can perform MAC PDU assembly in advance, there is no need to perform MAC PDU assembly again after receiving the scheduling information, which can reduce the PUSCH transmission preparation time, so that the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation delay can be reduced, and thus The PUSCH can be sent earlier to reduce the transmission delay.
可选的,在该可能的实现方式中,第二条件还可以包括:第一PUSCH的HARQ进程为预设进程,上述预设值为使用该预设进程进行数据传输的TBS。Optionally, in this possible implementation manner, the second condition may further include: the HARQ process of the first PUSCH is a preset process, and the foregoing preset value is a TBS that uses the preset process for data transmission.
其中,该预设进程可以是网络设备向终端设备指示的,例如,网络设备可以向终端设备指示第一PUSCH的HARQ进程编号;或者网络设备可以向终端设备指示该终端设备的HARQ进程总数目为1,相应的,终端设备可以确定第一PUSCH的HARQ进程编号是协议预定义的唯一HARQ进程编号或者是网络设备配置的唯一HARQ进程编号,例如进程编号#0。在该场景下,上述预设值可以是网络设备通过高层配置参数或物理层信令向终端设备指示的,也可以是终端设备根据HARQ进程与TBS的对应关系确定的,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。The preset process may be indicated by the network device to the terminal device. For example, the network device may indicate the HARQ process number of the first PUSCH to the terminal device; or the network device may indicate to the terminal device that the total number of HARQ processes of the terminal device is 1. Correspondingly, the terminal device can determine that the HARQ process number of the first PUSCH is a unique HARQ process number predefined by the protocol or a unique HARQ process number configured by the network device, for example, process number #0. In this scenario, the foregoing preset value may be indicated by the network device to the terminal device through high-level configuration parameters or physical layer signaling, or may be determined by the terminal device according to the corresponding relationship between the HARQ process and the TBS. There is no specific limitation.
基于该方案,当第一PUSCH的HARQ进程为预设进程时,终端设备组装MAC PDU后可以将其保存到该预设进程的HARQ缓存中,以便后续进行编码调制。Based on this solution, when the HARQ process of the first PUSCH is a preset process, the terminal device can store the MAC PDU in the HARQ buffer of the preset process after assembling the MAC PDU for subsequent coding and modulation.
可选的,在该可能的实现方式中,第二条件还可以包括:第一PUSCH的调制编码方案(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)为预设方案;或者,第一PUSCH的MCS为预设方案且第一PUSCH的冗余版本为预设版本。Optionally, in this possible implementation manner, the second condition may further include: the modulation and coding scheme (MCS) of the first PUSCH is a preset scheme; or, the MCS of the first PUSCH is a preset scheme And the redundancy version of the first PUSCH is the preset version.
基于该方案,终端设备在接收调度信息之前可以完成编码或完成编码及调制,可以进一步降低PUSCH发送准备时间,从而使得PUSCH最小发送准备时间可以降低,进而可以更早发送PUSCH,降低传输时延。Based on this solution, the terminal device can complete coding or complete coding and modulation before receiving the scheduling information, which can further reduce the PUSCH transmission preparation time, so that the minimum PUSCH transmission preparation time can be reduced, and the PUSCH can be transmitted earlier and the transmission delay can be reduced.
可选的,网络设备可以显式地向终端设备指示第一PUSCH的MCS,例如向终端设备发送第一PUSCH的MCS的编号(index);或者,网络设备可以隐式地向终端设备指示第一PUSCH的MCS,例如,向终端设备发送第一PUSCH的传输所占用的物理资源数目,终端设备接收到该指示后,可以结合第一PUSCH的TBS确定第一PUSCH的MCS,其中,该物理资源数目例如可以为时域符号数目和/或频域资源块数目。Optionally, the network device may explicitly indicate the MCS of the first PUSCH to the terminal device, for example, send the MCS index of the first PUSCH to the terminal device; or, the network device may implicitly indicate the first PUSCH to the terminal device. The MCS of the PUSCH, for example, the number of physical resources occupied by the transmission of the first PUSCH to the terminal device. After receiving the indication, the terminal device can determine the MCS of the first PUSCH in combination with the TBS of the first PUSCH, where the number of physical resources For example, it may be the number of time-domain symbols and/or the number of frequency-domain resource blocks.
可选的,网络设备可以通过RRC信令向终端设备指示上述信息,也可以通过物理层信令等其他方式指示,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。Optionally, the network device may indicate the above-mentioned information to the terminal device through RRC signaling, or may indicate it through other means such as physical layer signaling, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
可选的,本申请实施例中,第二门限可以满足如下第二公式:Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the second threshold may satisfy the following second formula:
T 2=max((N 2+d 2,1)(2048+144)*k*T c*2 -μ2,d 2,2) T 2 =max((N 2 +d 2,1 )(2048+144)*k*T c *2 -μ2 ,d 2,2 )
其中,T 2为第二门限,N 2为第二符号数目,d 2,1为第二附加值,d 2,2为第三附加值,k为第一通信系统的最小采样间隔与第二通信系统的最小采样间隔的比值,T c为所述第二通信系统的最小采样间隔,μ2为第二子载波间隔的编号,第一PUSCH在第二通信系统中传输。第二子载波间隔为上述调度信息所在的PDCCH所使用的子载波间隔与第一PUSCH所使用的子载波间隔中最小的子载波间隔。第二公式中的参数的具体描述可参见前述对公式B中的相关描述。 Among them, T 2 is the second threshold, N 2 is the number of second symbols, d 2,1 is the second additional value, d 2,2 is the third additional value, and k is the minimum sampling interval of the first communication system and the second the ratio of the minimum sampling interval of the communication system, T c is the minimum sampling interval of the second communication system, [mu] 2 for the second number of sub-carrier spacing, a first PUSCH transmission in a second communication system. The second subcarrier interval is the smallest subcarrier interval between the subcarrier interval used by the PDCCH where the scheduling information is located and the subcarrier interval used by the first PUSCH. For the specific description of the parameters in the second formula, please refer to the related description of formula B above.
可选的,以下三个条件中至少有一个被满足:第三数值对应的第二符号数目小于第四数值对应的第二符号数目、第三数值对应的第二附加值小于第四数值对应的第二附加值、以及第三数值对应的第三附加值小于第四数值对应的第三附加值。Optionally, at least one of the following three conditions is met: the number of second symbols corresponding to the third value is less than the number of second symbols corresponding to the fourth value, and the second additional value corresponding to the third value is less than that corresponding to the fourth value. The second additional value and the third additional value corresponding to the third value are smaller than the third additional value corresponding to the fourth value.
需要说明的是,根据上述第二公式可以得知,第二门限的取值与k、T c和μ2相关,因此,第三数值在k、T c和μ2取不同值的情况下也可能不同,同样,第四数值在k、T c和μ2取不同值的情况下也可能不同。本申请实施例中,第三数值小于第四数值可以是:在k、T c和μ2相同的情况下,第三数值小于第四数值。 It should be noted that, according to the above second formula, the value of the second threshold is related to k, T c, and μ2. Therefore, the third value may be different when k, T c, and μ2 take different values. Similarly, the fourth value may be different when k, T c, and μ2 take different values. In the embodiment of the present application, the third value being smaller than the fourth value may be: when k, T c, and μ2 are the same, the third value is smaller than the fourth value.
此外,本申请实施例还提供一种信息传输方法,如图7所示,该信息传输方法包括如下步骤:In addition, the embodiment of the present application also provides an information transmission method. As shown in FIG. 7, the information transmission method includes the following steps:
S701、网络设备向终端设备发送第三PDSCH。相应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第三PDSCH。S701. The network device sends the third PDSCH to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the third PDSCH from the network device.
S702、终端设备确定与第三PDSCH关联的PUSCH。S702. The terminal device determines the PUSCH associated with the third PDSCH.
本申请实施例中,将与第三PDSCH关联的PUSCH称为第三PUSCH。In the embodiments of the present application, the PUSCH associated with the third PDSCH is referred to as the third PUSCH.
第三PUSCH的起始符号与第三PDSCH的结束符号之间的时间间隔大于或等于第三门限,该第三门限表示从接收到PDSCH到发送PDSCH关联的PUSCH的最小处理时延。The time interval between the start symbol of the third PUSCH and the end symbol of the third PDSCH is greater than or equal to the third threshold, and the third threshold represents the minimum processing delay from receiving the PDSCH to transmitting the PUSCH associated with the PDSCH.
需要说明的是,接收到PDSCH的时刻,可以理解为该PDSCH的结束时刻;发送该PDSCH关联的PUSCH的时刻,可以理解为该PUSCH的起始时刻。It should be noted that the time when the PDSCH is received can be understood as the end time of the PDSCH; the time when the PUSCH associated with the PDSCH is sent can be understood as the start time of the PUSCH.
其中,第三PUSCH与第三PDSCH的关联方法,将在后续实施例中详细说明。The method for associating the third PUSCH with the third PDSCH will be described in detail in subsequent embodiments.
S703、终端设备向网络设备发送第三PUSCH。相应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第三PUSCH。S703: The terminal device sends the third PUSCH to the network device. Correspondingly, the network device receives the third PUSCH from the terminal device.
该方案中,提供了PDSCH与PUSCH关联传输时的最小处理时延,可以完善PDSCH与PUSCH关联传输的处理流程。In this solution, the minimum processing delay when PDSCH and PUSCH are associated with transmission is provided, and the processing flow of PDSCH and PUSCH associated transmission can be improved.
在本申请实施例的不同实施场景下,第三PUSCH与第三PDSCH可以有不同的关联方式。In different implementation scenarios of the embodiments of the present application, the third PUSCH and the third PDSCH may have different association modes.
一种可能的实现方式中,第三PUSCH与第三PDSCH关联,可以包括:第三PDSCH和第三PUSCH由第一DCI调度。In a possible implementation manner, the third PUSCH is associated with the third PDSCH, which may include: the third PDSCH and the third PUSCH are scheduled by the first DCI.
可选的,该实现方式中,在步骤S701之前本申请实施例提供的信息传输方法还可以包括:Optionally, in this implementation manner, before step S701, the information transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include:
S700、网络设备向终端设备发送第一DCI。相应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一DCI。S700. The network device sends the first DCI to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first DCI from the network device.
其中,该第一DCI用于调度第三PDSCH和第三PUSCH。Wherein, the first DCI is used to schedule the third PDSCH and the third PUSCH.
可选的,在该情况下,上述步骤S701可以为:终端设备根据第一DCI接收来自网络设备的第三PDSCH;上述步骤S702可以为:终端设备根据第一DCI确定第三PUSCH,即将第一DCI调度的PUSCH作为第三PUSCH。Optionally, in this case, the foregoing step S701 may be: the terminal device receives the third PDSCH from the network device according to the first DCI; the foregoing step S702 may be: the terminal device determines the third PUSCH according to the first DCI, that is, the first The PUSCH scheduled by DCI is used as the third PUSCH.
可选的,第一DCI可以通过如下两种方式调度第三PDSCH和第三PUSCH:Optionally, the first DCI may schedule the third PDSCH and the third PUSCH in the following two ways:
方式一、第一DCI可以包括第三PDSCH的时域资源指示信息和第三PUSCH的时域资源指示信息。Manner 1: The first DCI may include the time domain resource indication information of the third PDSCH and the time domain resource indication information of the third PUSCH.
可选的,第三PDSCH的时域资源指示信息可以指示第三时间单元和第三PDSCH在该第三时间单元中的位置,该第三时间单元为第三PDSCH所在的时间单元。例如,第三PDSCH的时域资源指示信息可以包括:第三PDSCH的起始符号所在的时间单元的编号与第一DCI所在的PDCCH的结束符号所在的时间单元的编号的差值,以及第三PDSCH在第三时间单元中所占用的符号的信息。Optionally, the time domain resource indication information of the third PDSCH may indicate the position of the third time unit and the third PDSCH in the third time unit, and the third time unit is the time unit where the third PDSCH is located. For example, the time domain resource indication information of the third PDSCH may include: the difference between the number of the time unit where the start symbol of the third PDSCH is located and the number of the time unit where the end symbol of the PDCCH where the first DCI is located, and the third Information on symbols occupied by the PDSCH in the third time unit.
可选的,第三PUSCH的时域资源指示信息可以指示第四时间单元和第三PUSCH在第四时间单元中的位置,该第四时间单元为第三PUSCH所在的时间单元。例如,第三PUSCH的时域资源指示信息可以包括:第三PUSCH的起始符号所在的时间单元的编号与第一DCI所在的PDCCH的结束符号所在的时间单元的编号的差值,以及第三PUSCH在第四时间单元中所占用的符号的信息。Optionally, the time domain resource indication information of the third PUSCH may indicate the positions of the fourth time unit and the third PUSCH in the fourth time unit, and the fourth time unit is the time unit where the third PUSCH is located. For example, the time domain resource indication information of the third PUSCH may include: the difference between the number of the time unit where the start symbol of the third PUSCH is located and the number of the time unit where the end symbol of the PDCCH where the first DCI is located, and the third Information on symbols occupied by PUSCH in the fourth time unit.
方式二、第一DCI包括第三PDSCH的时域资源指示信息、偏移信息、以及位置指 示信息。Manner 2: The first DCI includes time domain resource indication information, offset information, and location indication information of the third PDSCH.
其中,该偏移信息用于确定第三PUSCH所在的时间单元,该位置信息指示第三PUSCH在其所在的时间单元中的位置。The offset information is used to determine the time unit where the third PUSCH is located, and the location information indicates the position of the third PUSCH in the time unit where it is located.
可选的,第三PDSCH的时域资源指示信息可参考上述方式一中的相关描述;偏移信息例如可以为第三PUSCH所在的时间单元(第四时间单元)的编号与第三PDSCH所在的时间单元(第三时间单元)的编号的差值;位置指示信息例如可以为第三PUSCH在第四时间单元中占用的符号的信息。Optionally, the time-domain resource indication information of the third PDSCH can refer to the related description in the above manner; the offset information can be, for example, the number of the time unit (fourth time unit) where the third PUSCH is located and the number of the third PDSCH where the third PDSCH is located. The difference between the serial numbers of the time unit (the third time unit); the position indication information may be, for example, information on symbols occupied by the third PUSCH in the fourth time unit.
可选的,该位置信息还可以指示第三PUSCH的频域位置信息,例如,网络设备可以在第四时间单元内配置一组候选PUSCH(包括PUSCH的时频位置),则该位置信息可以为该组候选PUSCH中的一个PUSCH的编号,该编号对应的候选PUSCH即为第三PUSCH。Optionally, the location information may also indicate the frequency domain location information of the third PUSCH. For example, the network device may configure a group of candidate PUSCHs (including the time-frequency location of the PUSCH) in the fourth time unit, and the location information may be The number of one PUSCH in the group of candidate PUSCHs, and the candidate PUSCH corresponding to the number is the third PUSCH.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第三PUSCH与第三PDSCH关联,可以包括:第三PUSCH是由第三PDSCH调度的。In another possible implementation manner, the association of the third PUSCH with the third PDSCH may include: the third PUSCH is scheduled by the third PDSCH.
示例性的,第三PUSCH由第三PDSCH调度可以为:第三PDSCH承载第三PUSCH的调度信息。Exemplarily, the scheduling of the third PUSCH by the third PDSCH may be: the third PDSCH carries the scheduling information of the third PUSCH.
可选的,在该实现方式中,上述步骤S702可以为:终端设备根据第三PDSCH承载的调度信息确定第三PUSCH。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the foregoing step S702 may be: the terminal device determines the third PUSCH according to the scheduling information carried by the third PDSCH.
可选的,第三PDSCH可以由第二DCI调度,该第二DCI可以指示第三PDSCH的时域位置;或者,该第三PDSCH可以是SPS PDSCH,该第三PDSCH的时域位置由该SPS PDSCH的配置信息和激活SPS PDSCH配置的DCI联合确定。Optionally, the third PDSCH may be scheduled by the second DCI, and the second DCI may indicate the time domain position of the third PDSCH; or, the third PDSCH may be an SPS PDSCH, and the time domain position of the third PDSCH is determined by the SPS The configuration information of the PDSCH and the DCI for activating the SPS PDSCH configuration are jointly determined.
可选的,第三PDSCH可以包括第三PUSCH的时域资源指示信息。该第三PUSCH的时域资源指示信息可以指示第四时间单元和第三PUSCH在第四时间单元中的位置,该第四时间单元为第三PUSCH所在的时间单元。例如,第三PUSCH的时域资源指示信息可以包括:第三PUSCH所在的时间单元的编号与第三PDSCH所在的时间单元的编号之间的差值,以及第三PUSCH在第四时间单元中所占用的符号的信息。Optionally, the third PDSCH may include time domain resource indication information of the third PUSCH. The time domain resource indication information of the third PUSCH may indicate the positions of the fourth time unit and the third PUSCH in the fourth time unit, and the fourth time unit is the time unit where the third PUSCH is located. For example, the time domain resource indication information of the third PUSCH may include: the difference between the number of the time unit where the third PUSCH is located and the number of the time unit where the third PDSCH is located, and the position of the third PUSCH in the fourth time unit. Information about the symbol that is occupied.
可选的,该第三PDSCH还可以包括第三PUSCH的频域资源指示信息,例如,网络设备可以在第四时间单元内配置一组候选PUSCH(包括PUSCH的时频位置),则该第三PDSCH可以包括该组候选PUSCH中的一个PUSCH的编号,该编号对应的候选PUSCH即为第三PUSCH。Optionally, the third PDSCH may also include frequency domain resource indication information of the third PUSCH. For example, the network device may configure a group of candidate PUSCHs (including the time-frequency position of the PUSCH) in the fourth time unit, then the third The PDSCH may include the serial number of one PUSCH in the group of candidate PUSCHs, and the candidate PUSCH corresponding to the serial number is the third PUSCH.
又一种可能的实现方式中,第三PUSCH与第三PDSCH关联可以包括:第三PDSCH为SPS PDSCH,第三PUSCH为CGPUSCH,其中,第三PDSCH为该SPS PDSCH的第一SPS PDSCH时机上发送的PDSCH,相应的,第三PUSCH为该CG PUSCH的第一CG PUSCH时机上发送的PDSCH,该第一CG PUSCH时机为第一SPS PDSCH时机之后的第一个CG PUSCH时机,或者该第一CG PUSCH时机为第一SPS PDSCH时机的结束符号开始特定时长后的第一个CG PUSCH时机。也就是说,第三PUSCH为该CG PUSCH中位于第三PDSCH后的第一个PUSCH;或者,第三PUSCH为该CG PUSCH中位于第三PDSCH的结束符号开始特定时长后的第一个PUSCH。In another possible implementation manner, the association of the third PUSCH with the third PDSCH may include: the third PDSCH is SPS PDSCH, and the third PUSCH is CGPUSCH, where the third PDSCH is the first SPS PDSCH of the SPS PDSCH. Correspondingly, the third PUSCH is the PDSCH sent on the first CG PUSCH timing of the CG PUSCH, and the first CG PUSCH timing is the first CG PUSCH timing after the first SPS PDSCH timing, or the first CG PUSCH timing The PUSCH timing is the first CG PUSCH timing after the end symbol of the first SPS PDSCH timing starts a specific period of time. That is, the third PUSCH is the first PUSCH in the CG PUSCH after the third PDSCH; or, the third PUSCH is the first PUSCH in the CG PUSCH after the end symbol of the third PDSCH starts a specific period of time.
可选地,上述特定时长可以是高层参数配置的,或者是预定义的,该特定时长例如可以等于第三门限。Optionally, the above-mentioned specific duration may be configured by a high-level parameter, or be predefined, and the specific duration may be equal to a third threshold, for example.
可选的,该SPS PDSCH的周期与该CG PUSCH的周期可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。Optionally, the period of the SPS PDSCH and the period of the CG PUSCH may be the same or different, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
可选的,在上述各种实现方式中,第三PUSCH与第三PDSCH关联还可以包括:当第三PDSCH译码不成功时,不发送第三PUSCH;或者说,第三PUSCH的发送依赖于第三PDSCH译码成功。例如,对于智能工厂中很多控制类应用,上行数据传输的原始数据必须等到下行数据译码成功后才可以生成,因此上行数据传输的处理在下行数据接收成功后进行。Optionally, in the foregoing various implementation manners, associating the third PUSCH with the third PDSCH may further include: when the third PDSCH decoding is unsuccessful, the third PUSCH is not sent; in other words, the third PUSCH is sent depending on The third PDSCH decoding is successful. For example, for many control applications in smart factories, the original data for uplink data transmission can only be generated after the downlink data is successfully decoded. Therefore, the processing of uplink data transmission is performed after the downlink data is successfully received.
可选的,本申请实施例中,第三门限的取值与终端设备能力、第三PDSCH对应的子载波间隔、第三PUSCH对应的子载波间隔相关;第三门限大于第一门限或第二门限。Optionally, in this embodiment of the application, the value of the third threshold is related to the capabilities of the terminal equipment, the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the third PDSCH, and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the third PUSCH; the third threshold is greater than the first threshold or the second threshold. Threshold.
可选的,第三门限可以由第三符号数目和第四附加值确定,第三符号数目大于第二数值对应的第一符号数目,或者,第三符号数目大于第四数值对应的第二符号数目,或者,第三符号数目大于第二数值对应的第一符号数目且大于第四数值对应的第二符号数目。Optionally, the third threshold may be determined by the number of third symbols and the fourth additional value, the number of third symbols is greater than the number of first symbols corresponding to the second value, or the number of third symbols is greater than the second symbol corresponding to the fourth value Or, the number of third symbols is greater than the number of first symbols corresponding to the second value and greater than the number of second symbols corresponding to the fourth value.
可选的,第三符号数目可以为第二数值对应的第二符号数目与第二偏移值之和,该第二偏移值可以为预设值,其单位为符号。例如,第二偏移值可以为1或2;或者,当第三PDSCH使用的子载波间隔为15kHz时,第二偏移值为1,当第三PDSCH使用的子载波间隔为60kHz时,第二偏移值为2,当第三PDSCH使用的子载波间隔为30kHz时,第二偏移值为1或2,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。示例性的,第三符号数目的取值可以如下表5所示:Optionally, the third number of symbols may be the sum of the second number of symbols corresponding to the second value and the second offset value, and the second offset value may be a preset value, and the unit is a symbol. For example, the second offset value may be 1 or 2; or, when the sub-carrier interval used by the third PDSCH is 15 kHz, the second offset value is 1, and when the sub-carrier interval used by the third PDSCH is 60 kHz, the second offset value may be 1 or 2. The second offset value is 2. When the subcarrier interval used by the third PDSCH is 30 kHz, the second offset value is 1 or 2, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, the value of the number of third symbols may be as shown in Table 5 below:
表5table 5
Figure PCTCN2021083605-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2021083605-appb-000003
其中,12或13(频段1)表示在频段1中第三符号数目的取值为12或13,在频段2中无取值;/表示第三符号数目无取值。Wherein, 12 or 13 (frequency band 1) means that the value of the third symbol number in frequency band 1 is 12 or 13, and there is no value in frequency band 2; / means that the third symbol number has no value.
上述步骤S401至S403、S601至S602和S700至S703的网络设备的动作可以由图2所示的网络设备30中的处理器301调用存储器302中存储的应用程序代码以指令该网络设备执行,上述步骤S401至S403、S601至S602和S700至S703中的终端设备的动作可以由图2所示的终端设备40中的处理器401调用存储器402中存储的应用程序代码以指令该终端设备执行。The actions of the network devices in the above steps S401 to S403, S601 to S602, and S700 to S703 can be executed by the processor 301 in the network device 30 shown in FIG. 2 calling the application code stored in the memory 302 to instruct the network device to execute. The actions of the terminal device in steps S401 to S403, S601 to S602, and S700 to S703 may be called by the processor 401 in the terminal device 40 shown in FIG. 2 to call the application program code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the terminal device to execute.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例中,终端设备或网络设备可以执行本申请实施例中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其它步骤或者各种步骤的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照本申请实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行本申请实施例中的全部步骤。It is understandable that in the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device or the network device can perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application. These steps are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also perform other steps or variations of various steps. . In addition, each step may be executed in a different order presented in the embodiment of the present application, and it may not be necessary to perform all the steps in the embodiment of the present application.
可以理解的是,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定。It can be understood that the various numerical numbers involved in the embodiments of the present application are only for easy distinction for description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The size of the sequence number of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic.
可以理解的是,以上各个实施例中,由终端设备实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于终端设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现,由网络设备实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于网络设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现。It can be understood that, in the above embodiments, the methods and/or steps implemented by the terminal device can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in the terminal device, and the methods and/or steps implemented by the network device can also be implemented by the terminal device. It can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in network devices.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。相应的,本申请实施例还提供了通信装置,该通信装置用于实现上述各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的终端设备,或者包含上述终端设备的装置,或者为可用于终端设备的部件;或者,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的网络设备,或者包含上述网络设备的装置,或者为可用于网络设备的部件。The foregoing mainly introduces the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. Correspondingly, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which is used to implement the foregoing various methods. The communication device may be the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment, or a device including the foregoing terminal device, or a component that can be used in the terminal device; or, the communication device may be the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, or include the foregoing A device of a network device, or a component that can be used in a network device.
可以理解的是,该通信装置为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。It can be understood that, in order to realize the above-mentioned functions, the communication device includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
图8和图9为本申请的实施例提供的可能的通信装置的结构示意图。这些通信装置可以用于实现上述方法实施例中终端设备或网络设备的功能,因此也能实现上述方法实施例所具备的有益效果。在本申请的实施例中,该通信装置可以是如图1所示的终端设备40,也可以是如图1所示的网络设备30,还可以是应用于终端设备或网络设备的模块(如芯片)。FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 are schematic structural diagrams of possible communication devices provided by embodiments of this application. These communication devices can be used to implement the functions of the terminal device or the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, and therefore can also achieve the beneficial effects of the foregoing method embodiment. In the embodiment of the present application, the communication device may be the terminal device 40 shown in FIG. 1, or the network device 30 shown in FIG. 1, or may be a module applied to a terminal device or a network device (such as chip).
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法实施例中对通信装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiments of the present application may divide the communication device into functional modules according to the foregoing method embodiments. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
如图8所示,通信装置80包括接收模块801和发送模块802。可选的,该通信装置还可以包括处理模块803。通信装置80用于实现上述图4、图6、或图7中所示的方法实施例中终端设备或网络设备的功能。As shown in FIG. 8, the communication device 80 includes a receiving module 801 and a sending module 802. Optionally, the communication device may further include a processing module 803. The communication device 80 is configured to implement the functions of the terminal device or the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4, FIG. 6, or FIG. 7 above.
当通信装置80用于实现图4所示的方法实施例中终端设备的功能时:接收模块801,用于接收来自网络设备的第一PDSCH和第一信息,该第一信息指示第一PUCCH资源;发送模块802,用于在第一PUCCH资源上向网络设备发送第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息;处理模块803,用于对第一PDSCH中承载的数据进行解调和译码,并生成第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息。When the communication device 80 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4: the receiving module 801 is used to receive the first PDSCH and first information from the network device, the first information indicating the first PUCCH resource The sending module 802 is used to send HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH to the network device on the first PUCCH resource; the processing module 803 is used to demodulate and decode the data carried in the first PDSCH, and generate the first HARQ-ACK information of a PDSCH.
可选的,接收模块801,还用于接收来自网络设备的第二信息,该第二信息指示第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈。Optionally, the receiving module 801 is further configured to receive second information from the network device, the second information indicating that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback.
当通信装置80用于实现图4所示的方法实施例中网络设备的功能时:发送模块802,用于向终端设备发送第一PDSCH和第一信息,该第一信息指示第一PUCCH资源;接收模块801,用于在第一PUCCH资源上接收来自终端设备的第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息;处理模块803,用于对第一PDSCH中承载的数据进行编码调制,并对第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息进行处理。When the communication device 80 is used to implement the function of the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4: the sending module 802 is used to send the first PDSCH and first information to the terminal device, the first information indicating the first PUCCH resource; The receiving module 801 is configured to receive HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH from the terminal device on the first PUCCH resource; the processing module 803 is configured to encode and modulate the data carried in the first PDSCH, and perform the HARQ-ACK information is processed.
可选的,发送模块802,还用于向终端设备发送第二信息,该第二信息指示第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈。Optionally, the sending module 802 is further configured to send second information to the terminal device, the second information indicating that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback.
当通信装置80用于实现图6所示的方法实施例中终端设备的功能时:接收模块801,用于接收来自网络设备的调度信息,该调度信息用于调度第一PUSCH;发送模块802,用于向网络设备发送第一PUSCH;处理模块803,用于对调度信息进行处理并对第一 PUSCH中承载的数据进行编码调制。When the communication device 80 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 6: the receiving module 801 is used to receive scheduling information from the network device, the scheduling information is used to schedule the first PUSCH; the sending module 802, It is used to send the first PUSCH to the network device; the processing module 803 is used to process the scheduling information and encode and modulate the data carried in the first PUSCH.
可选的,接收模块801,还用于接收来自网络设备的指示信息,该指示信息指示第一PUSCH的冗余版本。Optionally, the receiving module 801 is further configured to receive indication information from a network device, where the indication information indicates the redundancy version of the first PUSCH.
当通信装置80用于实现图6所示的方法实施例中网络设备的功能时:发送模块802,用于向终端设备发送调度信息,该调度信息用于调度第一PUSCH;接收模块801,用于接收来自终端设备的第一PUSCH;处理模块803,用于对第一PUSCH中承载的数据进行解调译码。When the communication device 80 is used to implement the function of the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 6: the sending module 802 is used to send scheduling information to the terminal device, the scheduling information is used to schedule the first PUSCH; the receiving module 801 is used To receive the first PUSCH from the terminal device; the processing module 803 is configured to demodulate and decode the data carried in the first PUSCH.
可选的,发送模块802,还用于向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息指示第一PUSCH的冗余版本。Optionally, the sending module 802 is further configured to send instruction information to the terminal device, where the instruction information indicates the redundancy version of the first PUSCH.
当通信装置80用于实现图7所示的方法实施例中终端设备的功能时:接收模块801,用于收来自网络设备的第三PDSCH;处理模块803,用于确定第三PUSCH,该第三PUSCH与该第三PDSCH关联;发送模块802,用于向网络设备发送第三PUSCH;处理模块803,用于对第三PDSCH中承载的数据进行解调译码,以及对第三PUSCH中承载的数据进行编码调制。When the communication device 80 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 7: the receiving module 801 is used to receive the third PDSCH from the network device; the processing module 803 is used to determine the third PUSCH, the first The three PUSCHs are associated with the third PDSCH; the sending module 802 is used to send the third PUSCH to the network device; the processing module 803 is used to demodulate and decode the data carried in the third PDSCH, and the data carried in the third PUSCH The data is encoded and modulated.
当通信装置80用于实现图7所示的方法实施例中网络设备的功能时:发送模块802,用于向终端设备发送第三PDSCH;接收模块801,用于接收来自终端设备的第三PUSCH,该第三PUSCH与第三PDSCH关联;处理模块803,用于对第三PDSCH中承载的数据进行编码调制,以及对第三PUSCH中承载的数据进行解调译码。When the communication device 80 is used to implement the function of the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 7: the sending module 802 is used to send the third PDSCH to the terminal device; the receiving module 801 is used to receive the third PUSCH from the terminal device The third PUSCH is associated with the third PDSCH; the processing module 803 is configured to encode and modulate the data carried in the third PDSCH, and demodulate and decode the data carried in the third PUSCH.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Among them, all relevant content of the steps involved in the above method embodiments can be cited in the functional description of the corresponding functional module, which will not be repeated here.
在本实施例中,该通信装置80以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到通信装置80可以采用图2所示的终端设备40或网络设备30的形式。In this embodiment, the communication device 80 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner. The "module" here can refer to a specific circuit, a processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above-mentioned functions. In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art can imagine that the communication device 80 may take the form of the terminal device 40 or the network device 30 shown in FIG. 2.
比如,通信装置80用于实现图4、图6、或图7所示的方法实施例中终端设备的功能时,图2所示的终端设备40中的处理器401可以通过调用存储器402中存储的计算机执行指令,使得通信装置80执行上述方法实施例中的信息传输方法;通信装置80用于实现图4、图6、或图7所示的方法实施例中网络设备的功能时,图2所示的网络设备30中的处理器301可以通过调用存储器302中存储的计算机执行指令,使得通信装置80执行上述方法实施例中的信息传输方法。For example, when the communication device 80 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4, FIG. 6, or FIG. 7, the processor 401 in the terminal device 40 shown in FIG. The computer executes the instructions to make the communication device 80 execute the information transmission method in the above method embodiment; when the communication device 80 is used to implement the function of the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4, FIG. 6, or FIG. 7, FIG. 2 The processor 301 in the network device 30 shown can call the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 302, so that the communication device 80 executes the information transmission method in the foregoing method embodiment.
由于本实施例提供的通信装置80可执行上述信息传输方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the communication device 80 provided in this embodiment can perform the above-mentioned information transmission method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above-mentioned method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
如图9所示,通信装置90包括处理器901和接口电路902。处理器901和接口电路902之间相互耦合。可以理解的是,接口电路902可以为收发器或输入输出接口。可选的,通信装置90还可以包括存储器903,用于存储处理器901执行的指令或存储处理器901运行指令所需要的输入数据或存储处理器901运行指令后产生的数据。As shown in FIG. 9, the communication device 90 includes a processor 901 and an interface circuit 902. The processor 901 and the interface circuit 902 are coupled to each other. It can be understood that the interface circuit 902 may be a transceiver or an input/output interface. Optionally, the communication device 90 may further include a memory 903 for storing instructions executed by the processor 901 or storing input data required by the processor 901 to run the instructions or storing data generated after the processor 901 runs the instructions.
当通信装置90用于实现图4、图6或图7所示的方法时,处理器901用于实现上述处理模块803的功能,接口电路902用于实现上述接收模块801和发送模块802的功能。When the communication device 90 is used to implement the method shown in FIG. 4, FIG. 6 or FIG. 7, the processor 901 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 803, and the interface circuit 902 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned receiving module 801 and sending module 802. .
当上述通信装置为应用于终端设备的芯片时,该终端设备芯片实现上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。该终端设备芯片从终端设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是网络设备发送给终端设备的;或者,该终端设备芯片向终端设备中的 其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是终端设备发送给网络设备的。When the foregoing communication device is a chip applied to a terminal device, the terminal device chip implements the function of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment. The terminal device chip receives information from other modules in the terminal device (such as a radio frequency module or antenna), and the information is sent by the network device to the terminal device; or, the terminal device chip sends information to other modules in the terminal device (such as a radio frequency module or antenna). The antenna) sends information, which is sent by the terminal device to the network device.
当上述通信装置为应用于网络设备的芯片时,该网络设备芯片实现上述方法实施例中网络设备的功能。该网络设备芯片从网络设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是终端设备发送给网络设备的;或者,该网络设备芯片向网络设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是网络设备发送给终端设备的。When the foregoing communication device is a chip applied to a network device, the network device chip implements the function of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The network device chip receives information from other modules in the network device (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information is sent by the terminal device to the network device; or, the network device chip sends information to other modules in the network device (such as radio frequency modules or antennas). The antenna) sends information, which is sent by the network device to the terminal device.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器,用于实现上述任一方法实施例中的方法。在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置还包括存储器。该存储器,用于保存必要的程序指令和数据,处理器可以调用存储器中存储的程序代码以指令该通信装置执行上述任一方法实施例中的方法。当然,存储器也可以不在该通信装置中。该通信装置可以是芯片系统,该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, which includes a processor, configured to implement the method in any of the foregoing method embodiments. In a possible design, the communication device further includes a memory. The memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data, and the processor can call the program code stored in the memory to instruct the communication device to execute the method in any of the foregoing method embodiments. Of course, the memory may not be in the communication device. The communication device may be a chip system, and the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请的实施例中的方法步骤可以通过硬件的方式来实现,也可以由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于网络设备或终端设备中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于网络设备或终端设备中。The method steps in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by hardware, and can also be implemented by a processor executing software instructions. Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, which can be stored in random access memory (RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM) , PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM), register, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or well-known in the art Any other form of storage medium. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium may also be an integral part of the processor. The processor and the storage medium may be located in the ASIC. In addition, the ASIC can be located in a network device or a terminal device. Of course, the processor and the storage medium may also exist as discrete components in the network device or the terminal device.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序或指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序或指令时,全部或部分地执行本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其它可编程装置。所述计算机程序或指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机程序或指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线或无线方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是集成一个或多个可用介质的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带;也可以是光介质,例如,数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD);还可以是半导体介质,例如,固态硬盘(solid state drive,SSD)。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instruction is loaded and executed on the computer, the process or function described in the embodiment of the present application is executed in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment, or other programmable devices. The computer program or instruction may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer program or instruction may be downloaded from a website, computer, The server or data center transmits to another website site, computer, server or data center through wired or wireless means. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that integrates one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape; it may also be an optical medium, such as a digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD); and it may also be a semiconductor medium, such as a solid state drive (solid state drive). , SSD).
在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In the various embodiments of this application, if there are no special instructions and logical conflicts, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be mutually cited. The technical features in different embodiments are based on their inherent Logical relationships can be combined to form new embodiments.
在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示前后关联的对象是一种“或”的关系,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;本申请中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。In the description of this application, unless otherwise specified, "/" means that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. For example, A/B can mean A or B; the "and/or" in this application is only It is an association relationship that describes associated objects. It means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B. It can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B It can be singular or plural.
在本申请的描述中,“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况,“多个”是指两个或多 于两个。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中“-”表示前后关联的对象是一种“和”的关系,例如,A-B可以表示A和B,a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In the description of this application, "a" or "one" does not exclude the case of a plurality, and "a plurality" means two or more than two. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a). For example, at least one item (a) of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where "-" means that the associated objects before and after are a kind of "and" For example, AB can represent A and B, and a, b, and c can be single or multiple.
另外,为了便于清楚描述本申请实施例的技术方案,在本申请的实施例中,采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。In addition, in order to facilitate a clear description of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "first" and "second" are used to distinguish the same or similar items with substantially the same function and effect. Those skilled in the art can understand that words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the quantity and order of execution, and words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the difference.

Claims (25)

  1. 一种信息传输方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:An information transmission method, characterized in that the method includes:
    接收来自网络设备的第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH和第一信息,所述第一信息指示第一物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源;Receiving a first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH and first information from a network device, the first information indicating a first physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource;
    在所述第一PUCCH资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一PDSCH的混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK信息,其中,所述第一PDSCH的结束符号与所述第一PUCCH资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔大于或等于第一门限,所述第一门限表示PDSCH最小处理时延,当满足第一条件时,所述第一门限的取值为第一数值,当不满足所述第一条件时,所述第一门限的取值为第二数值,所述第一数值小于所述第二数值。The HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation is sent to the network device on the first PUCCH resource, where the end symbol of the first PDSCH is the same as the start of the first PUCCH resource. The time interval between the initial symbols is greater than or equal to the first threshold. The first threshold represents the minimum PDSCH processing delay. When the first condition is met, the value of the first threshold is the first value. In the first condition, the value of the first threshold is a second value, and the first value is smaller than the second value.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一条件包括:所述第一PDSCH为半静态调度SPS PDSCH中非首次传输的PDSCH。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first condition comprises: the first PDSCH is a PDSCH that is not transmitted for the first time in a semi-persistent scheduled SPS PDSCH.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一条件还包括:在所述第一PDSCH所在的时间单元内,未配置物理下行控制信道PDCCH的监测时机。The method according to claim 2, wherein the first condition further comprises: in the time unit where the first PDSCH is located, no physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) monitoring opportunity is configured.
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息还指示第二PUCCH资源,所述第二PUCCH资源用于承载第二PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息,所述第二PDSCH为所述SPS PDSCH中首次传输的PDSCH,所述第二PDSCH的结束符号与所述第二PUCCH资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔大于或等于所述第二数值。The method according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the first information further indicates a second PUCCH resource, and the second PUCCH resource is used to carry HARQ-ACK information of the second PDSCH, and the second PDSCH It is the PDSCH transmitted for the first time in the SPS PDSCH, and the time interval between the end symbol of the second PDSCH and the start symbol of the second PUCCH resource is greater than or equal to the second value.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一条件包括:所述第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first condition comprises: the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述网络设备的第二信息,所述第二信息指示所述第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈。Receiving second information from the network device, the second information indicating that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一条件包括:所述第一PUCCH资源关联的PUCCH格式为格式0或格式1。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first condition comprises: the PUCCH format associated with the first PUCCH resource is format 0 or format 1.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一条件包括:未配置PDSCH HARQ-ACK码本。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first condition comprises: no PDSCH HARQ-ACK codebook is configured.
  9. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一门限满足如下第一公式:The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the first threshold satisfies the following first formula:
    T 1=(N 1+d 1,1)(2048+144)*k*T c*2 -μ1 T 1 =(N 1 +d 1,1 )(2048+144)*k*T c *2 -μ1
    其中,T 1为所述第一门限,N 1为第一符号数目,d 1,1为第一附加值,k为第一通信系统的最小采样间隔与第二通信系统的最小采样间隔的比值,T c为所述第二通信系统的最小采样间隔,μ1为第一子载波间隔的编号,所述第一PDSCH在所述第二通信系统中传输,所述第一子载波间隔为所述第一PDSCH所使用的子载波间隔、调度所述第一PDSCH的PDCCH所使用的子载波间隔和所述第一PUCCH所使用的子载波间隔中最小的子载波间隔,或者,所述第一子载波间隔为所述第一PDSCH所使用的子载波间隔和所述第一PUCCH所使用的子载波间隔中最小的子载波间隔; Among them, T 1 is the first threshold, N 1 is the first number of symbols, d 1,1 is the first additional value, and k is the ratio of the minimum sampling interval of the first communication system to the minimum sampling interval of the second communication system , T c is the minimum sampling interval of the second communication system, μ1 is the number of the first subcarrier interval, the first PDSCH is transmitted in the second communication system, and the first subcarrier interval is the The subcarrier interval used by the first PDSCH, the subcarrier interval used by the PDCCH for scheduling the first PDSCH, and the subcarrier interval used by the first PUCCH are the smallest subcarrier interval, or the first subcarrier interval The carrier interval is the smallest subcarrier interval between the subcarrier interval used by the first PDSCH and the subcarrier interval used by the first PUCCH;
    所述第一数值对应的第一符号数目小于所述第二数值对应的第一符号数目,和/或,所述第一数值对应的第一附加值小于所述第二数值对应的第一附加值。The number of first symbols corresponding to the first value is less than the number of first symbols corresponding to the second value, and/or the first additional value corresponding to the first value is less than the first additional value corresponding to the second value value.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二数值为第三代合作伙伴计划3GPP的版本15或版本16中规定的PDSCH最小处理时延。The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the second value is a PDSCH minimum processing delay specified in Release 15 or Release 16 of the 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP.
  11. 一种信息传输方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:An information transmission method, characterized in that the method includes:
    向终端设备发送第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH和第一信息,所述第一信息指示第一物 理上行控制信道PUCCH资源;Sending a first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH and first information to the terminal device, where the first information indicates the first physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource;
    在所述第一PUCCH资源上接收来自所述终端设备的所述第一PDSCH的混和自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK信息,其中,所述第一PDSCH的结束符号与所述第一PUCCH资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔大于或等于第一门限,所述第一门限表示PDSCH最小处理时延,当满足第一条件时,所述第一门限的取值为第一数值,当不满足所述第一条件时,所述第一门限的取值为第二数值,所述第一数值小于所述第二数值。Receive the HARQ-ACK information of the first PDSCH hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement from the terminal device on the first PUCCH resource, wherein the end symbol of the first PDSCH and the first PUCCH resource The time interval between the start symbols is greater than or equal to the first threshold. The first threshold represents the minimum PDSCH processing delay. When the first condition is met, the value of the first threshold is the first value. In the first condition, the value of the first threshold is a second value, and the first value is smaller than the second value.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一条件包括:所述第一PDSCH为半静态调度SPS PDSCH中非首次传输的PDSCH。The method according to claim 11, wherein the first condition comprises: the first PDSCH is a PDSCH that is not transmitted for the first time in a semi-persistent scheduled SPS PDSCH.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一条件还包括:在所述第一PDSCH所在的时间单元内,未配置物理下行控制信道PDCCH的监测时机。The method according to claim 12, wherein the first condition further comprises: in the time unit where the first PDSCH is located, no physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) monitoring opportunity is configured.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息还指示第二PUCCH资源,所述第二PUCCH资源用于承载第二PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息,所述第二PDSCH为所述SPS PDSCH中首次传输的PDSCH,所述第二PDSCH的结束符号与所述第二PUCCH资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔大于或等于所述第二数值。The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the first information further indicates a second PUCCH resource, and the second PUCCH resource is used to carry HARQ-ACK information of the second PDSCH, and the second PDSCH It is the PDSCH transmitted for the first time in the SPS PDSCH, and the time interval between the end symbol of the second PDSCH and the start symbol of the second PUCCH resource is greater than or equal to the second value.
  15. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一条件包括:所述第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈。The method according to claim 11, wherein the first condition comprises: the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 15, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示所述第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈为单独反馈。Sending second information to the terminal device, where the second information indicates that the HARQ-ACK feedback of the first PDSCH is a separate feedback.
  17. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一条件包括:所述第一PUCCH资源关联的PUCCH格式为格式0或格式1。The method according to claim 11, wherein the first condition comprises: the PUCCH format associated with the first PUCCH resource is format 0 or format 1.
  18. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一条件包括:未配置PDSCH HARQ-ACK码本。The method according to claim 11, wherein the first condition comprises: no PDSCH HARQ-ACK codebook is configured.
  19. 根据权利要求11-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一门限满足如下第一公式:The method according to any one of claims 11-18, wherein the first threshold satisfies the following first formula:
    T 1=(N 1+d 1,1)(2048+144)*k*T c*2 -μ1 T 1 =(N 1 +d 1,1 )(2048+144)*k*T c *2 -μ1
    其中,T 1为所述第一门限,N 1为第一符号数目,d 1,1为第一附加值,k为第一通信系统的最小采样间隔与第二通信系统的最小采样间隔的比值,T c为所述第二通信系统的最小采样间隔,μ1为第一子载波间隔的编号,所述第一PDSCH在所述第二通信系统中传输,所述第一子载波间隔为所述第一PDSCH所使用的子载波间隔、调度所述第一PDSCH的PDCCH所使用的子载波间隔、和所述第一PUCCH所使用的子载波间隔中最小的子载波间隔,或者,所述第一子载波间隔为所述第一PDSCH所使用的子载波间隔和所述第一PUCCH所使用的子载波间隔中最小的子载波间隔; Among them, T 1 is the first threshold, N 1 is the first number of symbols, d 1,1 is the first additional value, and k is the ratio of the minimum sampling interval of the first communication system to the minimum sampling interval of the second communication system , T c is the minimum sampling interval of the second communication system, μ1 is the number of the first subcarrier interval, the first PDSCH is transmitted in the second communication system, and the first subcarrier interval is the The subcarrier interval used by the first PDSCH, the subcarrier interval used by the PDCCH for scheduling the first PDSCH, and the subcarrier interval used by the first PUCCH are the smallest subcarrier interval, or the first The subcarrier interval is the smallest subcarrier interval between the subcarrier interval used by the first PDSCH and the subcarrier interval used by the first PUCCH;
    所述第一数值对应的第一符号数目小于所述第二数值对应的第一符号数目,和/或,所述第一数值对应的第一附加值小于所述第二数值对应的第一附加值。The number of first symbols corresponding to the first value is less than the number of first symbols corresponding to the second value, and/or the first additional value corresponding to the first value is less than the first additional value corresponding to the second value value.
  20. 根据权利要求11-19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二数值为第三代合作伙伴计划3GPP的版本15或版本16中规定的PDSCH最小处理时延。The method according to any one of claims 11-19, wherein the second value is the minimum PDSCH processing delay specified in Release 15 or Release 16 of the 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP.
  21. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1至10中任一项所述方法的模块,或者,包括用于执行如权利要求11至20中任一项所述方法的模块。A communication device, characterized by comprising a module for executing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, or comprising a module for executing the method according to any one of claims 11 to 20 .
  22. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处理器的信号发 送给所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,或者实现如权利要求11至20中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized by comprising a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit them to the processor or transfer signals from the processor The signal is sent to other communication devices other than the communication device, and the processor is used to implement the method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, or implement the method according to claim 11 through logic circuits or execution code instructions. To the method of any one of 20.
  23. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时,实现如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,或者实现如权利要求11至20中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program or instruction is stored in the storage medium, and when the computer program or instruction is executed by a communication device, the computer program or instruction is implemented as described in any one of claims 1 to 10 , Or implement the method according to any one of claims 11 to 20.
  24. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:处理器;A communication device, characterized in that, the communication device includes: a processor;
    所述处理器,用于读取存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令,并执行所述计算机程序或指令,以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,或者,以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求11至20中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to read a computer program or instruction stored in a memory, and execute the computer program or instruction, so that the communication device executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, or , So that the communication device executes the method according to any one of claims 11 to 20.
  25. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品在通信装置上运行时,以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,或者,以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求11至20中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, when the computer program product runs on a communication device, the communication device executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, or, when the computer program product runs on a communication device, The communication device executes the method according to any one of claims 11 to 20.
PCT/CN2021/083605 2020-03-31 2021-03-29 Information transmission method, apparatus and system WO2021197270A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010246677.9 2020-03-31
CN202010246677.9A CN113472489A (en) 2020-03-31 2020-03-31 Information transmission method, device and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021197270A1 true WO2021197270A1 (en) 2021-10-07

Family

ID=77865735

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/083605 WO2021197270A1 (en) 2020-03-31 2021-03-29 Information transmission method, apparatus and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113472489A (en)
WO (1) WO2021197270A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115514891A (en) * 2022-09-09 2022-12-23 维沃移动通信有限公司 Image processing method and device

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023077355A1 (en) * 2021-11-04 2023-05-11 富士通株式会社 Feedback information generating method, apparatus and system
CN116193615A (en) * 2021-11-25 2023-05-30 上海移远通信技术股份有限公司 Method and apparatus in a node for wireless communication
CN116996191A (en) * 2022-04-24 2023-11-03 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
WO2024077497A1 (en) * 2022-10-11 2024-04-18 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Feedback method and device for semi-persistent scheduling deactivation, and storage medium

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109391450A (en) * 2017-08-11 2019-02-26 华为技术有限公司 A kind of data transmission method and the network equipment and terminal device
CN110475359A (en) * 2018-05-10 2019-11-19 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 The method and apparatus of transmitting uplink control information
US20200053710A1 (en) * 2018-08-09 2020-02-13 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Uplink transmission power allocation
CN110831200A (en) * 2018-08-07 2020-02-21 财团法人资讯工业策进会 User device and base station for mobile communication system

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109391450A (en) * 2017-08-11 2019-02-26 华为技术有限公司 A kind of data transmission method and the network equipment and terminal device
CN110475359A (en) * 2018-05-10 2019-11-19 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 The method and apparatus of transmitting uplink control information
CN110831200A (en) * 2018-08-07 2020-02-21 财团法人资讯工业策进会 User device and base station for mobile communication system
US20200053710A1 (en) * 2018-08-09 2020-02-13 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Uplink transmission power allocation

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CAICT: "Enhancements to UCI to support URLLC", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1813507, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Spokane, USA; 20181112 - 20181116, 2 November 2018 (2018-11-02), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, pages 1 - 4, XP051479846 *
ERICSSON: "Enhancements to Uplink and Downlink Physical Channels for NR URLLC", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1808147, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, 11 August 2018 (2018-08-11), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, pages 1 - 8, XP051515549 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115514891A (en) * 2022-09-09 2022-12-23 维沃移动通信有限公司 Image processing method and device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113472489A (en) 2021-10-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20210050955A1 (en) Apparatus and method for transmission of uplink control information in network cooperative communication
CN109392152B (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2021197270A1 (en) Information transmission method, apparatus and system
US10455585B2 (en) Method and apparatus for carrier aggregation
JP6192663B2 (en) Device for sending and receiving feedback information
JP5709334B2 (en) Resource allocation in PUCCH format 1b for channel selection in LTE-ATDD system
EP2745593B1 (en) Scheduling communications
WO2019072074A1 (en) Harq-ack feedback codebook sending method, apparatus and device
TWI735303B (en) Methods for transmitting and receiving downlink feedback information
US20190342839A1 (en) Uplink Channel Power Allocation Method and Apparatus
CN110447283B (en) Network node and method in a wireless communication network
CN113541869B (en) Terminal, base station and method for executing same in communication system
WO2021004406A1 (en) Communication method, device, and system
WO2010133043A1 (en) Method for dispatching multi sub-frames and the system, the terminal and the base station thereof
US20230299891A1 (en) Transmission of dropped harq-ack codebooks due to prioritization with a type-2 codebook
AU2018294472A1 (en) Method for repeated transmission and terminal device
US11705992B2 (en) Infrastructure equipment, wireless telecommunications system and method
WO2019157669A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2019214684A1 (en) Communication method, communication device and system
WO2021203976A1 (en) Data processing method and apparatus, and system
US11463222B2 (en) Method and device for transmitting or receiving uplink control channel in wireless communication system
CN114175538B (en) Method and apparatus for enhanced DAI
WO2020164134A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
WO2021159979A1 (en) Feedback method and apparatus for hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement codebook
WO2021032003A1 (en) Uplink control information transmission method and communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21781785

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21781785

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1